ENG-DUQM-101 - Painting Procedure - Rev 3.

Log No.
ENG-DUQM-101
DISTRIBUTION LOG Page 1 OF 1
S-Tank Engineering
문 서 배 포 대 장 Issue Date 2019.06.19
Plant Engineering Team
Work No. Project Name Customer Prep'd Rev'd Appr'd
공사번호 공 사 명 고 객 작성 검토 승인
ST-2-1-51 Duqm Refinery Project (EPC PKG No.2) DRPIC 이한나 윤성준 장인철
하기 [ ] Drawing, [ Ｖ ] Document, [ Ｖ ] Procedure, [ ] Specification, [ ] Note/Minutes 를

[ ] Reference, [ Ｖ ] Working, [ ] 용으로 배포 합니다.
Distribution to
No. Item no. Dwg.No./Doc.No. Rev. Description #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
1 ALL ITEMS DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004_R2 R2 PAINTING PROCEDURE
[ Ｖ ] End 이하 여백 [ ] To be continued 뒷장계속 Distributor 배포자 : 이한나
Remarks
Mfg. Team (#1) QM Team (#2) Pur. Team (#3) Const. Team (#4) PM Team (#5) Eng. Team (#6)
2019.06.19
Exhibit 402 Rev.2 01/26/2018

Vendor Document Review Cover Sheet
Project: Duqm Refinery EPC Package 2 – Utilities & Offsites
Contract No: CNT-1100-1000-007, PSJV Project No: JI-2037/ SO-0267
PURCHASE ORDER NO : JI-2037
Engineering, Procurement & Construction of Tank Works
PURCHASE ORDER DESCRIPTION :
(Package TP1, TP2)
VENDOR NAME : S-Tank Engineering Co., Ltd.
COMPANY DOCUMENT NUMBER : DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004 REV : R2
VENDOR DOCUMENT NUMBER : SO0267-MFB110-01-J1PNT001-00004 REV : R2
DOCUMENT CLASS: Class 2

DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION / TITLE : Painting Procedure (Common)
EQUIPMENT TAG NUMBERS : All tanks

TOTAL NUMBER OF SHEETS :
48
(Including this coversheet)
DUQM REFINERY
Company Approval Status
Status :
Signed :
Dept :
Date :
COMMENT STATUS CODE: A-Accepted; B-Accepted With Comments
C-Reviewed with Comments; D-No Comments; E-Rejected
PURCHASER APPROVAL STATUS
Approval
Status Contractor Approval Code Description
Code
1 REJECTED. REVISE & RESUBMIT. WORK MAY NOT PROCEED.
MAJOR COMMMENTS AS NOTED.
2 REVISE & RESUBMIT. WORK MAY PROCEED SUBJECT TO INCORPORATION OF COMMENTS
INDICATED.
ACCEPTABLE. INCORPORATE MINOR COMMENTS (IF ANY). RESUBMIT AS CERTIFIED FINAL.
3
WORK MAY PROCEED.
4 NO COMMENTS. CERTIFIED FINAL ISSUE.WORK MAY PROCEED.
INFORMATION ONLY.
5
ACCEPTED FOR INFORMATION ONLY. WORK MAY PROCEED.
Reviewing Engineer’s Full Name (IN BLOCK LETTERS), Sign and Date
Purchaser’s review of this document does not relieve Vendor of the responsibility for correctness under the Purchase Order. Permission
to proceed does not constitute acceptance of design, detail and calculations, test methods or materials developed or selected by the
Vendor and does not relieve the Vendor from full compliance with the Purchase Order or any other obligations, nor detract from any of
the Purchaser’s rights.
NAME: DISCIPLINE: SIGNATURE: DATE:
PSJV Reviewing Engineer to confirm action related to submission of this document to COMPANY. Strike-out the option
which is not applicable.
Is this document required to be submitted to If Yes, submit to COMPANY for
COMPANY? Yes / No Review / Approval / Information
Revision History
Amendment Revision Amender

Amendment
Date Number Initials
25-JAN-2019 O1 H.N.LEE Initial Issue
Issued for Construction with Holds

14-MAR-2019 R1 H.N.LEE
(Revisions : Refer to yellow marking)
Issued for Construction with Holds

19-JUN-2019 R2 H.N.LEE
(Revisions : Refer to yellow marking)
Duqm Refinery Project – EPC Package 2 Painting Procedure (Common)
CONTENTS
No. Description Page
1. GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................................... 4
2. REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................................. 4
3. PAINTING OF EXTERNAL SURFACE ......................................................................................................... 6
4. LINING FOR INTERNAL SURFACE .......................................................................................................... 17
5. COATING SYSTEM .................................................................................................................................... 23
6. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION .................................................................................................................... 28
7. FIGURE FOR EDGE PREPARATION (WELDABLE PAINTING OR MASKING) ..................................... 31
8. FIGURE FOR PAINTING SYSTEM............................................................................................................... 34
ANNEX #1- EXTERNAL FASTENER COATING..................................................................................................... 38
ATTACHMENT #01- ITEM SUMMARY SHEET ...................................................................................................... 39
ATTACHMENT #02- PAINTING SYSTEM FOR FIXED ROOF TANK (CRT, DRT) ............................................... 40
ATTACHMENT #03- PAINTING SYSTEM FOR FLOATING ROOF TANK (FRT, IFRT) ..................................... 41
ATTACHMENT #04- PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR JOTUN ................................................................................ 42
ATTACHMENT #05- PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR SIGMA................................................................................. 43
ATTACHMENT #06- PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR IPK ...................................................................................... 44
ATTACHMENT #07- PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR RUBBER LINING ................................................................ 45
ATTACHMENT #08- REFERENCE DOCUMENTS (TECHNICAL LETTER, TEST REPORT, ETC.) FOR
JOTUN ................................................................................................................................... 46
SIGMA ................................................................................................................................... 47
IPK ......................................................................................................................................... 48
DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004 Page 3 of 48 Rev: R2

1. GENERAL
1) Scope
This painting procedure shall be applied on shop pre-fabricated items and field construction of storage
tanks for Duqm Refinery Project in the Sultanate of Oman.
2) The items to which this procedure shall be applied
: See to Attachment #01_(Item summary sheet)
2. REFERENCES
2.1 Code and Standards
(1) The Society for Protective Coatings
SSPC-SP1 Solvent Cleaning
SSPC-SP7 Brush-off blast cleaning
SSPC-SP10 Near White Blast Cleaning
SSPC-SP11 Power tool cleaning to bare metal
SSPC-PA 2 Procedure for Determining Conformance to Dry Coating Thickness
Requirements
SSPC-PA8 Thin-Film Organic Linings Applied in New Carbon Steel Process Vessels
SSPC-VIS1 Visual Standard for Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel
(2) International Organization for Standardization (ISO)

ISO 2409 Paints and varnishes – Cross-cut test
ISO 4624 Pull Off Test for adhesion
ISO 4628-3 Evaluation of degradation of paint paintings - Designation of intensity,
quantity and size of common types of defect. Part 3: Assessment of
degree of rusting
ISO 8501-1 Visual assessment of surface cleanliness - Part 1: Rust grades and
preparation grades of unpainted steel substrates and of steel
substrates after overall removal of previous paintings
ISO 8501-3 Visual assessment of surface cleanliness – Part 3: Preparation grades of
welds, edges and other areas with surface imperfections
ISO 8502-3 Tests for the assessment of surface cleanliness - Part 3: Assessment of
dust on steel surfaces prepared for painting (pressure-sensitive tape
method)
ISO 8502-4 Tests for the assessment of surface cleanliness – Part 4: Guidance on
the estimation of the probability of condensation prior to paint application.
ISO 8502-6 Tests for the assessment of surface cleanliness - Part 6: Extraction of
soluble contaminants for analysis - The Bresle method
ISO 8502-9 Tests for the assessment of surface cleanliness - Part 9: Field method
for the conduc-to-metric determination of water-soluble salts
ISO 8503-1 Surface roughness characteristics of blast-cleaned steel substrates -
Part 1: Specification and definition for ISO surface profile comparators
for the assessment of abrasive blast-cleaned surfaces
Part 2: Method for the grading of surface profile of abrasive blast
cleaned steel - Comparator procedure
Part 4: Method for the calibration of ISO surface profile comparators and
for the determination of surface profile - Stylus instrument procedure
ISO 11124 Specifications for metallic blast-cleaning abrasives
ISO 11126 Non-metallic blast cleaning abrasives
ISO 11127 Preparation of steel substrates before application of paints and related
products - Test methods for nonmetallic blast-cleaning abrasives - Part
6: Determination of water-soluble contaminants by conductivity
measurement
ISO 12944 Corrosion protection of steel structure by protective paint systems

ISO 14877 Protective clothing for abrasive blasting operations using granular
abrasives
ISO 20340 Paints and Varnishes – Performance requirements for protective paint
systems for offshore and related structures
ISO 19840 Corrosion protection of steel structures by protective paint systems -
Measurement of, and acceptance criteria for, the thickness of dry films
on rough surfaces
(3) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

ASTM A123 Zinc (hot galvanized) coatings on product fabrication for rolled, pressed
and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip.
ASTM A143 Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot- Dip Galvanized
Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement
ASTM A153 Specification for zinc coating (hot-dip) on iron and steel hardware
ASTM A384 Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During Hot-Dip
Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies
ASTM A385 Practice for Providing High Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot Dip)
ASTM A780 Repair of damaged and uncoated areas of hot dip galvanized coatings
ASTM B695 Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel
ASTM D4285 Test method for indicating oil or water in compressor air
ASTM D4752 Measuring MEK resistance of ethyl silicate (inorganic) zinc rich primers by
solvent rub
ASTM D5162 Standard practice for preparation of zinc (hot dip galvanized) coated iron
and steel product and hardware surfaces for painting
ASTM D7602 Standard practice for Installation of Vulcanized Rubber Linings
(4) National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE)

NACE SP0178 Design, Fabrication, and Surface Finish Practices for Tanks and Vessels to
Be Lined for Immersion Service
NACE SP0188 Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of New Protective Coatings on Conductive
Substrates
NACE SP0181 Liquid Applied Internal Protective Coatings for Oilfield Production
Equipment
NACE SP0198 Control of Corrosion Under Thermal Insulation and Fireproofing Materials-A
Systems Approach
NACE SP0287 Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel
Surfaces Using a Replica Tape
(5) British Standards (BS)

BS 6374-5 Lining of Equipment with polymeric materials for the process industries-
Part 5 : Specification for Lining with rubbers
BS 5493 Protective coating of iron and steel structures against corrosion.
2.2 Project specification
DRP001-OUF-SPE-W-000-008 Latest Painting of New Equipment and Piping

DRP001-OUF-SPE-W-000-009 Latest Coating-Internal Lining
DRP001-OUF-SPE-U-000-003 Latest Signage Specification
2.3 Related vendor documents
DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-005 Latest PWHT Procedure

DRP001-OUF-STE-TPR-V-000-002 Latest Shop Inspection and Test Procedure with Plan
DRP001-OUF-STE-TPR-V-000-003 Latest Field Inspection and Test Procedure with Plan

3. PAINTING OF EXTERNAL SURFACE

3.1 General Requirements
3.1.1 Design Data
The environment at the project site has been classified with a corrosivity category of C5 in accordance
with ISO 12944 Part 2. For structure steel, the paint system shall be suitable for CX environment
corrosivity in accordance with ISO12944 Part 9.
The design temperature for selection of paint systems shall be the maximum operating temperature.
This shall include temperatures reached during reactor regeneration cycles, but shall not include
steam-out cases.
For items which have an insulating internal lining, the paint system shall be selected to suit the
anticipated outside wall temperatures at maximum operating temperature. Structural supports such as
Vessel Skirts, legs, saddles etc. shall be considered as operating below 120°C unless otherwise
specified.
3.1.2 Extent of Coated Surface

1) All carbon steel surfaces of piping and equipment shall be painted in accordance with the requirements
of this procedure. Uninsulated 300 series austenitic stainless steels shall be painted when the maximum
operating temperature is 175°C.
The following surfaces shall not be painted:
(1) Non-metallic surfaces unless required for UV protection.
(2) Non-ferrous metal surfaces.
(3) Uninsulated 300 series austenitic stainless steel with maximum operating temperature > 175°C.
(4) Galvanized steel surfaces, except for colour identification.
(5) Aluminized steel surfaces.
(6) Internal surfaces of equipment and pipes, unless specified otherwise.
(7) Insulation jacketing.
(8) Interior wall surfaces and tubes in furnaces, boilers, etc.
(9) Threaded parts of equipment components.
(10) Gasket sealing surfaces, except as agreed with Purchaser for internally lined vessels.
(11) Instrument tubing including manifolds and fittings
(12) Valve Stems
2) Coating system for uninsulated components of insulated equipment shall be the same as for uninsulated
equipment. Surfaces requiring to be insulated for Personnel Protection reasons shall be fully painted in
a similar manner to an uninsulated surface.
3) The edge preparation shall be conform to the section 7.
4) Components to be welded on site shall be coated up to 50mm from the weld preparation.
All uncoated areas shall be provided with temporary protection for transport and storage.
5) Carbon steel fasteners (bolts, studs and nuts) of external flanged connections operating below 200°C
shall be coated in accordance with Annex #1_(External Fastener Coating)
3.1.3 Coating Material

Individual coats of each coating system shall be purchased from the same paint MANUFACTURER to
ensure compatibility.
3.1.4 Scope Split for Coating Execution

1) Equipment shall be shipped with suitable protection to prevent damage of the coating system
during transit and installation.
2) Tank plates shall be supplied to site with a shop primer or primer coat.
3) Alternatively, subject to Company and Contractor approval, tank plates may be supplied in fully coated
condition with bevel ends masked off by 50mm. In case tank plates are supplied in fully coated condition,
all inspection and testing in accordance with this procedure shall be completed in shop.

4) Structural steel shall be supplied to site in the fully coated condition, except that joints to be welded
shall be left bare for 50~75mm and provided with temporary protection.
5) Bulk piping components shall be supplied to site with temporary protection.
6) The shop fabricated piping spools shall be supplied to site with a primer coat. Intermediate and
top-coats shall be applied on-site. Alternatively, shop fabricated spools may be supplied to site in fully
coated condition (excluding shop joints) subject to Company and Contractor approval.
7) Bulk valves shall be supplied to site fully coated in accordance with Section 5 of this procedure.
3.1.5 Vendor Standard Coating Systems
1) Standard ‘off-the-shelf’ and proprietary equipment items such as motors, pumps, junction boxes and
transformers may be supplied with a VENDOR standard coating system. The paint MANUFACTURER’s
system shall be equal to or better than those specified in this procedure and shall conform to the
following requirements:
(1) Coating procedure including description of the coating system (type and trade name of coating
products, number of layers, DFT, etc.) shall be submitted to COMPANY and CONTRACTOR for
written approval, together with product data sheets.
(2) The standard coating system must meet one of the following minimum standards:
(a) For carbon steel surfaces at temperature below 120°C, it shall be the Paint MANUFACTURER’s
responsibility to ensure that their standard coating system is capable of protection within the
anticipated service operating temperatures for the environment specified in section 3.1.1 without
breakdown or failure. The protective coating system shall also be able to survive handling,
transportation and storage prior to erection without incurring major damage.
(b) Powder coatings based on polyester and/or epoxy resins may be allowed for non- insulated
surfaces below 120°C. A film thickness of 60~70μm is then required.
(3) The final color shade (RAL No.) shall be as per this procedure.
(4) The inspection and testing shall be in accordance with section 3.7 of this procedure.
2) Components operating in excess of 120°C shall be coated in accordance with section 5.
3.1.6 Galvanizing
1) Hot dip galvanizing for general components shall be carried out in accordance with ASTM A123.
The structural steel fasteners shall be hot dip spun galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. High
strength bolts, ASTM A325 or A490, may be either hot-dip or mechanically galvanized. Mechanical
galvanizing shall comply with ASTM B695 class 50 or greater.
The guidelines given in ASTM A143, A384, and A385 for design and fabrication of structural shapes shall
be considered mandatory.
Assemblies to be galvanized shall be limited in size so that multiple dipping is avoided wherever possible.
Surfaces shall be cleaned to remove all oil, grease, mill scale, lacquer, weld slag, spatter and fabrication
markings before galvanizing.
Items shall not be hot dipped before surface preparation has been carried out in a full and correct
manner as specified in section 3.5.8.
In case of painting over galvanizing, the galvanized surface shall be cleaned by light sweep blast then
apply paint system F10 as per (Table 4). The type of primer coat of paint system F10 shall be compatible
with galvanized surface as per paint MANUFACTURER recommendation.
2) Repairs
For touch-up of drilled and/or cut edge damage areas of galvanized steel, surface shall be prepared in
accordance with ASTM A780 Appendix A2 and painted with one coat of zinc rich epoxy to a nominal DFT
of 60 micron. Major damage shall be re-galvanized in accordance with the above mentioned standard.

3.1.7 Handing and Shipping of Coated Items

Coated items shall not be handled or moved until all coatings have been properly dried or cured as
required in the Paint MANUFACTURER’s instructions.
Coated items shall be handled with equipment such as wide belt slings, web belts, and wide padded skids
selected to prevent damage to the coating. Handling equipment likely to cause damage to the coating
shall not be used. Items such as chains, cables, hooks, tongs, metal bars, and narrow skids shall not be
permitted. Dragging or skidding coated items shall not be permitted.
Coated items shall be loaded, padded, separated, and secured for transport in such a manner that the
coating will not be damaged in transit.
Coated items shall be stacked off the ground using suitable means (e.g. parallel height ridges of rock free
sand, wooden timbers placed under the unpainted pipe ends) to avoid damage of the coating.
3.2 Health, Safety and Environment

The APPLICATOR shall be responsible for supervision of all aspects of safety and personnel protection
related to the coating work to be done. All local environmental regulations and rules shall be met.
All personnel shall be provided with personnel protection, e.g. protective clothing, safety glasses, safety
shoes, hard hats, goggles, respirators, earplugs, fresh air fed hood and any other necessary safety
equipment. Protective clothing for abrasive blasters shall comply with ISO 14877.
All safety equipment shall be maintained in a good working condition. Warning signs shall be prominently
displayed at all access points to areas where abrasive blasting and painting is in progress.
Handling and disposal of hazardous waste resulting from the APPLICATOR's painting activities shall be
in accordance with regulations and specific contract requirements.
3.3 Material Storage

1) Storage of paint material at the site of usage shall be the responsibility of the APPLICATOR. The storage
planning shall take into account the geographical and meteorological conditions and make provisions for
any abnormality such as extreme temperatures.
2) The paint MANUFACTURER of the specified paint materials shall be advised by the paint APPLICATOR
of the intended storage conditions and recommendations received in reply from the paint
MANUFACTURER shall be included in storage arrangement.
3) Records of paint material batch numbers together with dates of receipt of each batch shall be kept by the
APPLICATOR so that a sequence of storage can be arranged to ensure material is issued from store in
the same sequence as received at painting venue. The COMPANY and CONTRACTOR reserves the
right to inspect these records and check the issuing organization at any time during the execution of the
contract.
4) Storage shall take into account and make provision for governing local safety regulations, adequate fire
prevent equipment and its maintenance and the elimination of ignition risks.
5) Purposeful spillage shall be prohibited, but sufficient inert absorbing material shall always be available for
the immediate cleanup of accidental spillage. The use of rags and wood dust for cleanup of inflammable
materials is not permitted.
3.4 Qualifications
3.4.1 Coating Materials
Products supplied are expected to be manufactured to the same formula in any location worldwide.
Therefore COMPANY and CONTRACTOR reserves the right to finger print test any product to be used
on site in accordance with ISO 20340 Appendix B, against the data held by the Paint MANUFACTURER
from qualification testing.

3.4.2 Coating Preparation and Application Operatives

All blasters and painters shall be trained and certified to a relevant tradesman certification scheme. The
APPLICATOR shall maintain a record of personnel qualifications and this shall be made available for
review by COMPANY and CONTRACTOR inspector, on request. A skilled and appropriately certified
foreman shall supervise the blasters and painters.
3.4.3 Coating Inspectors

All coating inspectors shall be certified by a recognized independent organization, such as NACE,
FROSIO or BGAS-CSWIP.
3.5 Surface Preparation

3.5.1 General
In all cleaning methods, the equipment and tools used shall be of suitable design and quality to properly
complete the works to the specification.
Prior to the commencement of any of the cleaning methods detailed below, any oil, grease, welding
fumes residue and other materials shall be removed by appropriate solvents in accordance with standard
SSPC-SP1-solvent Cleaning Petroleum, kerosene, diesel oil or other heavy hydrocarbon solvents shall
not be used.
After abrasive blasting or power tool cleaning and prior to paint, all surfaces shall be examined for traces
or smudges of oil or grease. If any exist, they shall be removed by solvent washing and the area re-
cleaned as originally provided. No acid washes or other cleaning solutions or solvents shall be used on
steel surfaces after they are abrasive blasted.
The surface shall then be washed down with clean fresh water to remove dirt, stains and residues. Where
necessary, hand brushing shall be included to ensure a clean surface.
The surface shall be allowed to dry before proceeding with further preparation.
3.5.2 Weld Areas and Sharp Edges

All weld areas and attachments shall be given special attention to ensure all welding shots, drops, spatter,
flux and porosity are removed by the use of files scrapers, chipping hammers, power or hand brushes or
grinders fitted with flexible grinding discs.
The welded area shall be free from alkaline residues before blasting.
Lamination and lap defects, sharp edges, burrs, flame cuts or other foreign material not removed during
construction shall also be considered as imperfections and therefore shall be removed before surface
preparation.
The steel imperfections detected before, during or after surface preparation shall be removed with
suitable power tools according to the requirements and drawings of standard ISO 8501-3 Grade P3.
The removal of welding defects and/or steel imperfections shall not have a negative impact on the
integrity of the weld seams and of the steel material. In particular the minimum design thickness of the
steel materials shall not be compromised. In case the removal of weld imperfections requires a re-welding
operation, the applicable fabrication specification shall be followed.
3.5.3 Protection Of Surfaces Not To Be Painted

All surfaces not to be painted shall be protected from damage and from paint products by adequate
temporary coverings during all operations of surface preparation and coating. Coating materials that
may have fallen on these surfaces e.g., valves stems, glass, adjacent equipment, flange bolts, etc. shall
be removed. All openings, including those that are flanged or threaded shall be sealed to prevent entry
of blast abrasive or paint material. After completion of painting operations all materials used for shielding
and sealing shall be removed unless instructed otherwise.
In particular, stainless steel and nonferrous surfaces shall be protected from blasting, overspray and
painting intended for carbon steel, especially painting containing zinc.

3.5.4 Abrasive Blast Cleaning

All abrasive materials used for blast cleaning shall conform to section 3.5.6 below.
Due care shall be exercised to prevent the abrasive grit entering inside equipment and pipe work. On
completion of blasting operations, the inside of equipment and piping shall be inspected and cleaned out
if the presence of abrasive grit is detected.
Blast cleaning shall not be conducted when environmental condition are not suitable as per section
3.7.2.1) (or as per Paint Manufacturer recommendations).
Any surfaces not primed and/or wetted by rain or moisture shall be re-blasted prior to painting.
After abrasive blasting, all metal shall be free of rust, grease, dirt, water soluble salts, corrosion products,
oxides, paint, and any other foreign matter according to the specified standard requirements.
Final appearance and roughness shall be checked and conform to the requirements given in section 3.7.
Extraction of contaminants from surface shall be done according to standard ISO 8502-6 and quantitative
determination of total water soluble salts shall be performed according to standard ISO 8502-9 (alternative
methods may be accepted). Acceptance levels for soluble salts are listed in section 3.7.
At completion of abrasive blast cleaning the surface shall be dust free prior to the application of the primer
paint. Surface cleanliness shall be checked and conform to Class 2 of standard ISO 8502-3. See section
3.6.6 for requirements for priming after blasting.
When additional areas are blasted adjacent to newly primed areas, at least 50mm of the previously
primed area shall be re-blasted, with the abrasive directed away from the coated surface.
3.5.5 Equipment for abrasive blast cleaning

The compressed air supply used for abrasive blasting shall be free of water and oil. Adequate separators
and traps shall be provided and these shall be kept emptied of water and oil. Accumulations
of water and oil shall be removed from the air receiver by regular purging. Control of the compressed air
cleanliness shall be done according to standard ASTM D4285. Efficient well maintained air filters shall be
provided to control dust.
Nozzles shall be discarded and replaced when 50% worn.
In no circumstance compressed air temperature shall be more than 100°C and pressure lower than
650kPa measured at the nozzles.
Blasting equipment shall be fitted with a dead man control to start and stop the flow of abrasive.
Entire system shall be grounded, including hoses, operator, and work piece.
3.5.6 Abrasives
Abrasive materials shall conform to ISO 11124 for metallic abrasives and ISO 11126 for non-metallic
abrasives. The use of abrasives containing silica or copper slag is not permitted.
Abrasive type and size shall be selected in order to assure the profile and roughness of substrate required
in section 5. Surface profile/ roughness shall be measured in accordance with ISO 8503-2 or ISO 8503-4
or NACE RP 0287.
Mineral abrasive material (e.g. Garnet and Aluminium oxide) shall be used for abrasive blasting of
stainless-steel, in no case shall iron or steel abrasive material be used.
The use of recycled abrasive is not permitted.
3.5.7 Manual and Mechanical (Power Tool) Cleaning

Power tool cleaning is permitted only when blasting is not practically possible and as agreed with
COMPANY and CONTRACTOR on a case-by-case basis (e.g. difficult-to- reach-areas, repair and touch-
ups, erection welds), and shall conform to standard SSPC- SP11-Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal.
Manual cleaning shall only be carried out when the use of power tools is prohibited and with COMPANY
and CONTRACTOR approval.
On completion of power tool cleaning the surface shall be dust free prior to the application of the primer
paint. Surface cleanliness shall be checked and conform to Class 2 of standard ISO 8502-3.

3.5.8 Galvanized steel

Hot dip galvanized steel surfaces to be painted, shall be prepared as follows:
(1) Cleaning and degreasing according to standard SSPC-SP1.
(2) All galvanizing irregularities (zinc high spots, etc.) shall be removed by power tooling, taking care that
the zinc layer thickness remains above the minimum in the standards referred to in Section 3.1.6.
(3) Galvanized surface shall be prepared by sweep blasting (SSPC-SP7) or zinc phosphate treatment (T-
wash) in accordance with ASTM D6386.
3.5.9 Stainless steel surfaces

Abrasives, paint materials and solvent shall be free from chlorides, halides, zinc and other metallic
pigments.
In addition to the requirements of sections 3.5.1 through 3.5.7, stainless steel surfaces shall be brush-
off/sweep blasted using non-metallic abrasive in accordance with SSPC-SP-7.
3.6 Coating Application

3.6.1 General
All paint and coating materials shall be delivered to site or workshop in the Paint MANUFACTURER’s
unopened original containers, in a good state and correctly labelled. Label shall feature the brand name,
batch number, date of manufacture and packing.
Each painting material forming a paint system shall be produced by the same Paint MANUFACTURER.
Any shop-primer shall be blasted off and the steel surface prepared in accordance with standard ISO
8501-1 Sa2-1/2. Successive paints shall have contrasting colours or tints.
Due care shall be exercised whilst spraying to prevent overspray and contamination of other surfaces by
the use of shields, etc.
Under no circumstances shall zinc in the form of painting pigments or metal spray be allowed to come
into contact with stainless steels, nickel based alloys or copper based alloys.
Adequate flood and spot lighting shall be provided for blasting and coating in the area to be coated.
Floodlighting shall be in accordance with section 3.7.2.1) Sub-Section (10) for the entire area, including
shadow areas in corner. Flood and spotlights shall be electrically safe, gas proof type.
Care shall be taken to preserve the friction characteristics of faying surfaces of structural connections
made with high strength friction-grip bolts and guidance given in BS 5493 Clause 25 shall be followed.
The coating system used for field joint will be same as that of shop joint (i.e. same as connecting piping).
3.6.2 Coating preparation

APPLICATOR shall adhere strictly to the instructions and recommendations as prescribed by the Paint
MANUFACTURER for the preparation and application of all painting materials.
Only thinners as specified by Paint MANUFACTURER shall be used. Mixing and thinning directions as
furnished by Paint MANUFACTURER shall be closely followed. When thinners are permissible, they shall
be added during the paint mixing process.
The pot life of two-component coating materials shall not be exceeded. When the pot life limit is reached,
the spray pot or container shall be emptied, the material discarded, equipment cleaned and new batch
prepared.
Coatings containing heavy or metallic pigments that have a tendency to settle shall be kept in suspension
in the pressure pot by a mechanical agitator.
No mixing of coating materials from different Paint MANUFACTURERs shall be permitted.
Coatings visually showing deterioration such as settling, separation, gelling, skin formation, etc. shall be
discarded.
Applicator shall submit PDS of each coating material intended to be used. MSDS shall be available for
inspection in the paint-shop and on-site.

3.6.3 Environmental Conditions

Applicator shall measure and record local conditions of temperature and humidity before & during blasting,
application & curing.
Coatings shall only be applied when suitable weather conditions prevail. Limitations on environmental
conditions are listed in Section 3.7.2.1).
Painting which is contaminated during curing, for example by dust, condensation or rain, shall be
removed and reapplied if requested by COMPANY or CONTRACTOR.
3.6.4 Method of Application

1) Spray Application
Equipment and related components recommended by Paint MANUFACTURER and reported in PDS
shall be used.
Lines and pots shall be thoroughly cleaned before addition of new material.
The pressure and volume of the compressed air used for spray application shall meet the work
requirement and be free from oil and water contamination.
Suitable working regulators and gauges shall be provided for the pressure gun. Gauges shall be
regularly checked for their accuracy.
Nozzles shall be of the correct size and provide the most suitable spray shape for the most effective and
economical application of the painting without excessive overspray.
The spray gun shall always be held at right angles to the surface and shall be held at a distance in
accordance with the MANUFACTURER’s requirements, but not closer than 200mm and not more than
300mm from the surface. Even parallel passes shall be made.
During application each pass shall overlap the previous pass by 50%. Larger surfaces shall always
receive "cross-hatch" passes, in two directions at right angles to each other.
Each paint coat is to be applied uniformly and completely over the entire surface. All runs and sags shall
be brushed out immediately or the painting removed and the surface re- sprayed.
2) Brush Application
Where the paint MANUFACTURER confirms that painting material is suitable for brush application, this
method may be used under the following circumstances:
(1) When areas are inaccessible for spraying.
(2) For touchups or repairs to small, localized damaged areas
(3) For stripe-painting of corners, edges, crevices, holes, welds or other irregular surfaces prior to spray
application.
Brushes used shall be of a type and quality to permit efficient application. Good quality hog bristle is
preferred and nylon or other synthetic bristles types are prohibited.
Round or oval brushes are generally considered most suitable for rivets, bolts, irregular surfaces and
rough surfaces. Brushes shall be maintained in good condition and discarded if damaged or excessively
worn.
3) Roller Application
Roller application shall only be used where the paint MANUFACTURER confirms that painting material is
suitable. Except for limited areas and touchups, in no circumstance shall rollers be used to apply primer
paint and zinc rich primer.
Rollers, if used, shall be of good quality "carpet-pile" or lamb's wool and shall be discarded when they
become damaged or worn to the extent that the uniformity of the deposited coatings are affected.
3.6.5 Stripe Coats

Before spraying each coat of a coating system, all areas as corners, edges, welds, small brackets, bolts,
nuts, difficult to reach areas shall be stripe coated by brush to ensure that these areas have at least the
minimum specified film thickness.

3.6.6 Priming
All blast cleaned surfaces shall be primed before visible re-rusting occurs or within four hours of the
commencement of blasting. If visible re-rusting occurs or more than four hours have elapsed then the
metal surfaces shall be lightly re-blasted and where necessary washed to remove rust blooming and
accumulation of soluble salts. Spent blast abrasive shall be completely removed from the prepared
surface by either vacuum cleaning or stiff brush sweeping.
3.6.7 Drying times

Each coat shall be allowed to cure thoroughly in accordance with the Paint MANUFACTURER’s
instructions for over coating before the next paint is applied. Curing times are highly dependent on local
conditions.
For inorganic zinc silicate, the primed surface may have to be sprayed with fresh water after application
to enhance curing. A MEK test shall be performed to ensure that hydrolysis is complete in accordance
with ASTM D4752.
3.6.8 Painting before installation

Shop and Field weld margins subject to Field testing shall be Shop surface prepared and taped for a
distance of 50mm either side of the weld line. The protective tape shall be sufficient quality to protect the
achieved profile from deterioration. Unless coated with a primer which is safe for welding, previously
painted surfaces which require further fabrication shall have all coatings completely removed from areas
about 50mm wide either side of the line of burning or welding. The remainder of the paint shall be
chamfered back approximately a further 100mm to 150mm.
In addition to the requirements of section 3.5, the preparation shall include the cleaning of chamfered
paint edges and the removal of any burnt or scorched paint.
All surfaces that will be inaccessible after assembly or installation shall be cleaned and coated before
installation. Such surfaces include underneath of base plate, skids, saddles, skirts, but also bored
/punched holes in steel members, flange screw holes. When coating is carried out before installation, all
reasonable steps shall be taken by the APPLICATOR to avoid damaging the coating system.
Metal contact surfaces (i.e. bolted joints in structures) should be painted with one full layer of the specified
primer on both surfaces immediately before bolting up.
3.7 Quality Control

3.7.1 Procedures and Reporting
Coating procedures shall be submitted to COMPANY and CONTRACTOR for approval. Coating work
shall not proceed until the procedures have been approved. Procedures shall include all details of
preparation, application and inspection, as well as relevant safety information. Procedure shall also
include a schedule of the proposed coating systems, including details of MANUFACTURER and products
for each system.
COMPANY and CONTRACTOR reserves the right to request a prejob meeting for coating of critical
equipment items and for bulk coating subcontracts. This meeting shall be held at least one week prior
to commencement of coating works and shall be attended by the APPLICATOR’s representatives for
inspection and HSE as well as a representative from the Paint MANUFACTURER.
APPLICATOR shall produce daily reports including the environmental conditions and a summary of
coating work carried out. On completion of all coating works, the APPLICATOR shall submit a final report
which shall include all inspection records and copies of paint MANUFACTURER datasheets.

3.7.2 Inspection
COMPANY and CONTRACTOR inspector shall be given adequate notice before the start of surface
preparation and coating application and shall have access to the work site and the option to witness any
of these functions as necessary.
All materials, equipment, and work shall be available to COMPANY and CONTRACTOR inspector at all
times.
All instruments used in inspection activities (e.g., thermometer, pyrometers, hygrometers, thickness
gauges, profile gauges, and holiday detectors) shall be furnished in proper working order and calibrated
before use. Inspection activities shall be carried out in accordance with below Table.
Table 1. Inspection Requirements for Coating

Acceptance Corrective
Test Type Method Extent / Frequency
Criteria Action
Environmental Before start of each Refer to No blasting or
ISO 8502-4
conditions shift and twice a day Section 3.7.2.1) painting
Steel and welding 100% of surfaces Defects to be
ISO 8501-3 P3
imperfections repaired
Free of oil and
Pre-cleaning of SSPC-SP1 100% of surfaces Re-clean until
grease or other
surfaces acceptable
contaminants
Compressed air ASTM D4285 Every shift Free of oil and No blasting and
moisture painting
According to paint
Surface cleanliness ISO 8501-1 100% of surfaces system as per Re-blast
Section 5
Each component or
2 According to paint
Surface Roughness ISO 8503-2 or ISO 8503-4 one every 100m , plus Re-blast until
system as per
once per blasting acceptable
Section 5
operative per day
1 for each component
Dust test ISO 8502-3 or compartment Conform to Class 2 Re-clean until
2
500m or 2 every acceptable
2
1000m
1 for each component 2
Water Soluble Salts ISO 8502-6 & ISO 8502-9 2 5g/cm Refer to Re-clean until
500m or 2 every
2 Section 3.7.2.2) acceptable
1000m
According to paint Repair: additional
DFT ISO 19840 100% of surface Each
system as per paint or re-paint
coat
Section 5 & 3.7.2.3) as appropriate
Curing test (for IOZ) ASTM D4752 Each component or 1 Rating 4 to 5 Allow to cure
2
every 100m
100% of surface According to paint Repair: additional

Final DFT ISO 19840 - Sampling Plan ISO system Section 5 & paint or re-paint
19840 Table 1 3.7.2.3) as appropriate
No sagging,
contaminations,
Visual examination Visual 100% of surface pinholes, orange Repair & re-test
peel, cracking,
blistering, rust
Refer to Painting to be
Adhesion ISO 2409 or ISO 4624 1 test panel / day / lot
Section 3.7.2.4) rejected
Buried surfaces only : ASTM D5162 100% of surface to be No holidays Repair & re-test
Holiday Detection buried

1) Environmental Conditions
Blast cleaning shall not be conducted when the surfaces are less than 3°C above dew point or when the
relative humidity of the air is above 85%.
Coatings shall not be applied under the following conditions or when such conditions are likely to prevail
before the painting is cured:
(1) At temperatures below 10°C (excluding coatings which are suitable for application at low
temperature).
(2) When the relative humidity of the atmosphere exceeds 85% or according to Paint MANUFACTURER
recommendations, for all coatings other than zinc silicates.
(3) When relative humidity is under 50% or above 90% for solvent base inorganic zinc rich or as per
Paint MANUFACTURER recommendations.
(4) The steel temperature is less than 3°C above the dew point.
(5) When the steel temperature is above 45°C or as per Paint MANUFACTURER recommendations.
(6) During foggy or misty conditions.
(7) Before dew or moisture has evaporated.
(8) When it is raining or rain is imminent.
(9) When the wind velocity is such that dust and dirt may be deposited on the wet paint film, or it will
interfere with any spray paint application being performed, the paint application shall be stopped.
(10) When light levels are below 500 lux.
2) Soluble Salt Testing

determination of total water-soluble salts shall be performed according to standard ISO 8502-9
(alternative methods may be submitted for approval).
The maximum allowable salt level shall be 5g/cm2 (50mg/m2).
Surfaces not meeting these criteria shall be re-cleaned until acceptable. If additional chemical cleaning
agents are used to aid salt removal, the surface shall be allowed to dry completely before re-testing.
3) Dry Film Thickness

The measurement of DFT shall be performed according to standard ISO 19840, using a properly
calibrated film thickness gauge.
DFT measurements shall be taken for each individual coat and for the completed coating system.
Sampling plan shall be defined by ISO 19840 Table 1, and acceptance shall be in accordance with the
80/20 principle, based on the NDFT stated in Section 5.
(1) All individual DFT measurements shall be equal to or above 80% NDFT.
(2) The arithmetic mean of all the individual DFT measurements shall be equal or above NDFT.
(3) Total number of measurements between 80% of NDFT and NDFT shall be no more than 20% of total
readings taken.
Maximum DFT shall be according to Paint MANUFACTURER recommendations.
Surfaces with insufficient DFT shall have additional complete coats applied, if confirmed acceptable by
the paint MANUFACTURER, or shall be re-blasted and recoated. Surfaces exceeding the maximum DFT,
specifically silicate or silicone based coatings, shall be reblasted to bare metal and re-coated.
Higher DFT (exceeding the maximum DFT) may be accepted if in line with Paint Manufacturer’s
recommendation subject to Company and Contractor review and approval. In such cases, Applicator shall
provide the Paint Manufacturer’s recommendation along with supporting documents.

4) Adhesion
Adhesion tests shall be carried out on test panels which have been blasted and coated in parallel with
the surface in question. Test shall only be carried out on panels which have fully cured. Test procedure
shall be as follows:
(1) For coating systems with NDFT 150m, a cross cut test in accordance with ISO 2409. Classification
shall be No. 1, according to Table 1 of ISO 2409.
(2) For coating systems with NDFT >150m, a pull off test in accordance with ISO 4624. Measured
adhesion shall be >4MPa for mechanical apparatus or >6MPa for hydraulic or pneumatic apparatus.
Surfaces with insufficient adhesion shall be reblasted and recoated.
5) Holiday Testing – For buried surfaces only

The coating shall be subject to 100% holiday detection by a holiday detector of a type approved by the
COMPANY and CONTRACTOR. The detector shall be set at 5kV and calibrated.
3.8 Guarantee
APPLICATOR shall be responsible for the guarantee of all coating systems applied on equipment
items in their scope of supply. APPLICATOR shall be responsible for the guarantee of all coating
systems applied to bulk components and site painted equipment in their scope of supply.
Coatings shall be guaranteed for a period of five years, starting from the date of acceptance of
APPLICATOR paint work.
The protection provided by the painting system shall be such that, at the end of the five year period, the
coated surface shall show no more rust than the degree Ri 2 (0.5% of the coated area) of the pictorial
standard ISO 46283. Defects to painted surfaces shall be repaired by APPLICATOR.
3.9 Repair
3.9.1 General
Areas subjected to severe damage or field weld shall be prepared and painted in accordance with original
specification used for surroundings paint works.
To achieve a sound firmly adherent applied paint system for the repaired areas, all repair work and field
weld painting, surface preparation and painting shall extend a minimum of 25 mm onto surrounding
paintwork. All such work shall achieve a high standard of decorative finish blending in with the surround-
ing area.
The repaired coating shall be tested in accordance with clause 3.7.2 when fully cured. Any defects shall
be repaired. The final test report shall be submitted to the COMPANY and CONTRACTOR.
Any necessary repair or remedial work required and caused by handling or negligence of the
APPLICATOR shall be repaired at the APPLICATOR’s expense and strictly in accordance with Paint
Specification and practices above.
In case as painting system thickness does not meet the requirements specified in section 3.7.2.3),
APPLICATOR should consult with paint MANUFACTURER for remedial action.
3.9.2 Touch-Up
Prior to application of any subsequent coat, all defects and damage to the previous coat(s) shall be
repaired. Damage to finished work shall be thoroughly cleaned and re-coated.
Damaged areas shall be spot blast cleaned or power tool cleaned as necessary to restore any exposed
steel to its original degree of cleanliness. All loose, cracked, and damaged coating shall be removed and
the adjacent sound coating feathered back approximately 2 inches (50 mm) to form a uniform and
smooth surface. Feathering shall be done by hand or power sanding with a grit wheel or sandpaper.
The prepared surface shall be free of loose, burnt, or blistered coating.
Unless specified otherwise, the coating used for repair shall be the same as the original and shall have
the same DFT.

3.9.3 Damaged Coatings Exposing Bare Metal or Rust

Damage to coatings showing signs of rust or bare metal shall be solvent cleaned per SSPC-SP 1,
followed by spot blasting to restore steel to its original degree of cleanliness. All loose, cracked and
damaged coating shall be removed and the adjacent sound coating feathered back approximately 25mm
to form a uniform and smooth surface. Feathering shall be accomplished by hand or power sanding with
a grit wheel or sandpaper. The prepared surface shall be free of loose or blistered coating.
When open air blasting is not permitted on site or when space limitations or surface configurations
preclude blasting, the alternate cleaning methods may be used with prior approval. Alternate cleaning
methods shall consider the degree of surface cleanliness and anchor profile required by the specified
coating system.
Touch-up shall consist of application of repair coatings listed in section 5. The finish colour and gloss shall
match, as close as practical, the adjacent surfaces.
3.9.4 Damaged Coatings Not Exposing Bare Metal or Rust

Damage to coatings not exposing bare metal shall be solvent cleaned per SSPC-SP 1, followed by hand
or power tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2 or 3 to abrade the surface without removing the primer. Brush-off
blast cleaning per SSPC-SP 7 is acceptable on larger surfaces. All gloss shall be removed and the
surface abraded without removing the primer.
Touch-up shall consist of application of repair coatings listed in section 5. The finish colour and gloss shall
match, as close as practical, the adjacent surfaces.
4. LINING FOR INTERNAL SURFACE

4.1 General Requirements
4.1.1 Design Data
The temperature for selection of lining systems shall be the maximum operating temperature. This shall
not include solar radiation temperatures based on a black body.
4.1.2 Extent of Lined Surfaces

Storage tanks shall be lined to the extent defined on the datasheets. Where a tank is indicated as being
lined on the bottom only, or with a different coating system for the bottom, this shall include the tank
bottom and the first 1 metre of the shell.
The edge preparation shall be conform to the section 7.
The following areas shall not be lined and shall be protected from surface preparation and lining activities:
(1) Sacrificial or impressed current anodes, or anode connections
(2) Resilient seal materials
For nozzles, a thin film lining shall be applied at the nozzle edge extending on to the flange face till the
first groove. The DFT of the lining on the flange face shall be in accordance with Lining Manufacturer
recommendation but shall not exceed 375 microns in accordance with NACE No. 11/SSPC PA8.
4.1.3 Scope Split for Lining Execution

Tank plates for site-fabricated tanks shall be supplied to site with a pre-construction primer.
Internally lined shop fabricated tanks shall be supplied to site with all internal linings pre-applied.
Vessel internals shall be secured for transit or shipped separately to avoid damage during transport.
4.2 Health, Safety and Environment

General considerations for Health, Safety and Environment shall be in accordance with the
section 3.2.
In the case of lining activities, the additions to be applied are as follows.

1) Tanks lined on-site shall have physical breaks from all processes. In order of preference, the
following breaks may be used: dropped spools, blinds or double block and bleed valves.
2) All work carried out in confined spaces shall comply with any specific local regulations. This may
include, but not be limited to, the following: permit to work, 100% tie off, continuous oxygen
monitoring, provision of rescue plan.
3) All electrical equipment shall operate on the lowest electrical voltage available. Generally, this shall
be 24V for lighting and 110V for power tools. Use of armoured cable should be considered.
4.3 Material Storage

Storage of lining material shall be in accordance with the section 3.3
4.4 Qualifications
Qualifications for the lining, such as materials, Preparation, Application operatives or Inspectors, shall be
complied with the section 3.4.
4.5 Surface Preparation

4.5.1 General
General requirements for surface preparation are same as the section 3.5.1.
4.5.2 Weld Areas and Sharp Edges

General considerations on weld areas and sharp edges are same as in accordance with the section
3.5.2.
Welds shall be prepared in accordance with NACE SP0178 Appendix C, Weld Preparation Designation
C.
4.5.3 Abrasive Blast Cleaning

All abrasive materials used for blast cleaning shall conform to Section 4.5.5 below.
Due care shall be exercised to prevent the abrasive grit entering inside equipment and pipe work.
On completion of blasting operations, the inside of equipment and piping shall be inspected and
cleaned out if the presence of abrasive grit is detected.
Blast cleaning shall not be conducted when the surfaces are less than 3°C above dew point or when
the relative humidity of the air is above 85% (or as per Lining Manufacturer recommendations).
Any surfaces not primed and/or wetted by rain or moisture shall be re-blasted prior to lining.
After abrasive blasting, all metal shall be free of rust, grease, dirt, water-soluble salts, corrosion products,
oxides, paint, and any other foreign matter according to the specified standard requirements.
Dehumidification equipment shall have the capacity to achieve the following:
(1) Depress the dew point to 6°C less than ambient temperature within 20 minutes.
(2) An air change rate of three times per hour.
Final appearance and roughness shall be checked and conform to the requirements given in Section 4.7.
determination of total water-soluble salts shall be performed according to standard ISO 8502-9(alternative
methods may be accepted). Acceptance levels for soluble salts are listed in Section 4.7.
At completion of abrasive blast cleaning the surface shall be dust-free prior to the application of the
primer paint. Surface cleanliness shall be checked and conform to Class 2 of standard ISO 8502-3.
See section 3.6.6 for requirements for priming after blasting. When additional areas are blasted adjacent
to newly primed areas, at least 50mm of the previously primed area shall be re-blasted with the abrasive
directed away from the coated surface.

4.5.4 Equipment for Abrasive Blast Cleaning

For equipment for Abrasive blast cleaning, follow the section 3.5.5.
4.5.5 Abrasives
Abrasive materials shall conform to ISO 11124 for metallic abrasives and ISO 11126 for non-metallic
abrasives. The use of abrasives containing silica or copper slag is not permitted.
Abrasive type and size shall be selected in order to assure the profile and roughness of substrate required
in Section 5. Surface profile/roughness shall be measured in accordance with ISO 8503-2 or ISO 8503-4.
The use of recycled abrasive is not permitted unless specifically approved by Company and shall meet
the requirements as specified above.
4.5.6 Manual and Mechanical (Power-Tool) Cleaning

In relation to the Manual and Mechanical (Power-Tool) cleaning shall be followed the section 3.5.7.
4.6 Lining Application

4.6.1 General
All paint and lining materials shall be delivered to site or workshop in the Lining Manufacturer’s unopened
original containers, in a good state and correctly labelled. Label shall feature the brand name, batch
number, date of manufacture and packing.
Each lining material forming a lining system shall be produced by the same Lining Manufacturer.
The steel surface prepared in accordance with standard ISO 8501-1 Sa3.
Successive layers shall have contrasting colours. Tinting for colour contrast is not permitted. Spent blast
media shall be removed before lining activities commence.
Due care shall be exercised whilst spraying to prevent overspray and contamination of other surfaces by
the use of shields, etc.
Adequate flood and spot lighting shall be provided for blasting and coating in the area to be coated.
Floodlighting shall be in accordance with section 4.7.2.1) Sub-Section (10) for the entire area, including
shadow areas in corner. Flood and spotlights shall be electrically safe, gas proof type.
4.6.2 Coating Preparation

Lining Applicator shall adhere strictly to the instructions and recommendations as prescribed by the
Lining Manufacturer for the preparation and application of all lining materials.
Thinners shall only be used if approved in writing by Company/Contractor and recommended by the
Lining Manufacturer for local conditions (e.g. ambient temperature). Mixing and thinning directions as
furnished by Lining Manufacturer shall be closely followed. When thinners are permissible, they shall be
added during the paint mixing process.
The pot life of two-component coating materials shall not be exceeded. When the pot life limit is
reached, the spray pot or container shall be emptied, the material discarded, equipment cleaned and
new batch prepared.
Lining materials containing heavy or metallic pigments that have a tendency to settle shall be kept in
suspension in the pressure pot by a mechanical agitator.
No mixing of coating materials from different Lining Manufacturers shall be permitted.
Coatings visually showing deterioration such as settling, separation, gelling, skin formation, etc. shall be
discarded.
Lining Applicator shall submit PDS of each coating material intended to be used. MSDS shall be available
for inspection in the paint-shop and on-site.

4.6.3 Environmental Conditions

General considerations for Environmental Conditions are in accordance with the section 3.6.3, except
that the limitations on environmental conditions are listed in Section 4.7.2.1).
4.6.4 Method of Application

The method of application for lining, such as Spray, Brush or Roller application, shall be in accordance
with the section 3.6.4.
4.6.5 Stripe Coats

For stripe coats, follow the section 3.6.5.
4.6.6 Priming
General considerations for priming are in accordance with the section 3.6.6.
4.6.7 Drying Times

In relation to the dry times shall be followed the section 3.6.7.
4.7 Quality Control

4.7.1 Procedures and Reporting
Lining procedures shall be submitted to Company/Contractor for approval. Lining work shall not proceed
until the procedures have been approved. Procedures shall include all details of preparation, application,
and inspection, as well as relevant safety information. Procedure shall also include a schedule of the
proposed lining systems, including details of manufacturer and products for each system.
Company/Contractor reserves the right to request a pre-job meeting for lining of critical equipment items.
This meeting shall be held at least one week prior to commencement of coating works and shall be
attended by the Lining Applicator’s representatives for inspection and HSE as well as a representative
from the Lining Manufacturer.
Lining Applicator shall produce daily reports including the environmental conditions and a summary of
coating work carried out. On completion of all lining works, the Lining Applicator shall submit a final report
which shall include all inspection records and copies of Lining Manufacturer datasheets.
4.7.2 Inspection
General conditions of Inspection shall be followed in accordance with the section 3.7.2.
Inspection activities shall be carried out in accordance with below Table 2.
Table 2. Inspection Requirements for Lining
Criteria Action
Environmental Before start of each Refer to No blasting or
ISO 8502-4
conditions shift and twice a day Section 4.7.2.1) painting
Welding 100% of surfaces Defects to be
NACE SP0178 Designation C
imperfections repaired
Free of oil and
Pre-cleaning of SSPC-SP1 100% of surfaces Re-clean until
grease or other
surfaces acceptable
contaminants
Compressed air ASTM D4285 Every shift Free of oil and No blasting and
moisture painting
According to lining
Surface cleanliness ISO 8501-1 100% of surfaces system as per Re-blast
Section 5

Criteria Action
2
one every 100m , plus According to lining
Surface Roughness ISO 8503-2 or ISO 8503-4 Re-blast until
once per blasting system as per
acceptable
operative per day Section 5
1 for each component
Dust test ISO 8502-3 or compartment Conform to Class 2 Re-clean until
2
500m or 2 every acceptable
2
1000m
2 2
1 for each component 3g/cm (30mg/m )
Water Soluble Salts ISO 8502-6 & ISO 8502-9 2 Re-clean until
500m or 2 every Refer to Section
acceptable
1000m2 4.7.2.2)
According to lining Repair: additional
DFT ISO 19840 100% of surface Each
system as per lining or re-paint
coat
Section 5 & 4.7.2.3) as appropriate
Curing test (for IOZ) ASTM D4752 1 every 100m2 Rating 4 to 5 Allow to cure
100% of surface According to lining Repair: additional

Final DFT ISO 19840 - Sampling Plan ISO system Section 5 & lining or re-paint
19840 Table 1 4.7.2.3) as appropriate
Holiday Test NACE SP 0188 100% of surface No holidays Repair & re-test
No sagging,
blistering
Visual examination Visual 100% of surface contaminations, Repair & re-test
orange peel,
pinholes, cracking
Refer to Lining to be
Adhesion ISO 2409 or ISO 4624 1 test panel / day / lot
Section 4.7.2.4) rejected
1) Environmental Conditions
Blast cleaning shall not be conducted when the surfaces are less than 3°C above dew point or when the
relative humidity of the air is above 85%.
Coatings shall not be applied under the following conditions or when such conditions are likely to prevail
before the lining is cured:
(1) At temperatures below 10°C (excluding coatings which are suitable for application at low
temperature).
(2) When the relative humidity of the atmosphere exceeds 85% or according to Lining Manufacturer
recommendations, for all coatings other than zinc silicates.
(3) When relative humidity is under 50% or above 90% for solvent-base inorganic zinc rich or as per
Lining Manufacturer recommendations.
(4) The steel temperature is less than 3°C above the dew point.
(5) When the steel temperature is above 45°C or as per Lining Manufacturer recommendations.
(6) During foggy or misty conditions.
(7) Before dew or moisture has evaporated.
(8) When it is raining or rain is imminent.
(9) When the wind velocity is such that dust and dirt may be deposited on the wet paint film, or it will
interfere with any spray paint application being performed, the lining application shall be stopped.
(10)When light levels are below 500 lux.

2) Soluble Salt Testing

determination of total water-soluble salts shall be performed according to standard ISO 8502-9
(alternative methods may be submitted for approval).
The maximum allowable salt level shall be 3μg/cm2 (30mg/m2).
Surfaces not meeting these criteria shall be re-cleaned until acceptable. If additional chemical cleaning
agents are used to aid salt removal, the surface shall be allowed to dry completely before re-testing.
3) Dry Film Thickness

The measurement of DFT shall be performed according to standard ISO 19840, using a properly
calibrated film thickness gauge.
DFT measurements shall be taken for each individual coat and for the completed coating system.
Sampling plan shall be defined by ISO 19840 Table 1, and acceptance shall be in accordance with the
80/20 principle, based on the NDFT stated in Section 5.
(1) All individual DFT measurements shall be equal to or above 80% NDFT.
(2) The arithmetic mean of all the individual DFT measurements shall be equal or above NDFT.
(3) Total number of measurements between 80% of NDFT and NDFT shall be no more than 20% of total
readings taken.
Maximum DFT shall be according to Lining Manufacturer recommendations.
Surfaces with insufficient DFT shall have additional complete coats applied, if confirmed acceptable by
the Lining Manufacturer, or shall be re-blasted and re-coated. Surfaces exceeding the maximum DFT,
specifically silicate or silicone based coatings, shall be re-blasted to bare metal, and re-coated.
4) Adhesion
Adhesion tests shall be carried out on test panels which have been blasted and coated in parallel with
the surface in question. Test shall only be carried out on panels which have fully cured. Lining systems
shall be subject to a pull-off test in accordance with ISO 4624. Measured adhesion shall be >4MPa for
mechanical apparatus or >6MPa for hydraulic or pneumatic apparatus. Detail of the adhesion test and
acceptability criteria as per the standard shall be developed by EPC Contractor. Adhesion testing in
accordance with ISO 2409 can be used for DFT lower than 250 microns.
It is recommended that this test is carried out on a test plate that has been subject to the same blasting,
coating and curing as the internal surface. Test plates with insufficient adhesion shall require a test to be
carried out on the lined surface. Failure of this test requires the surface to be re-blasted and re-coated.
4.8 Guarantee
Applicator shall be responsible for the guarantee of all lining systems applied on equipment items in
their scope of supply. Applicator shall be responsible for the guarantee of all coating systems applied to
site lined equipment in their scope of supply.
Coatings shall be guaranteed for a period of two years, starting from the date of acceptance of paintwork.

5. COATING AND LINING SYSTEM
5.1 Shop coating system
Table 3. Shop Coating System Details
Coating Applicable Specification Vendor

NDFT Final Color Client
System Painting Material & Jotun Paint Sigma Paint I.P.K Notes
Treatment (ໃ) (RAL.No.) System
No. Manufacture Name Attachment Name Attachment Name Attachment No.
S0 NO SURFACE PREPARATION AND NO PAINT FOR COMPONENTS TO BE NOT REQUIRED EXTERNAL PAINTING OR INTERNAL LINING For all tanks
Sa 2-1/2
Surface prep.
(Medium G or Ry5 50-75 μm)
Shop Primer
Zinc Epoxy Shop Primer 25 Muki CZ Attachment #04 SigmaWeld 165 Attachment #05 Interplate 317 Attachment #06
Coat
Intermediate For rust
S1 - -
Coat prevention
Finish Coat - -
Total DFT (ໃ) 25

Sa 2-1/2
Surface prep.
Primer Coat Zinc Rich Epoxy 60 Barrier 80 Attachment #04 SigmaZinc 109Y Attachment #05 Interzinc 52 Attachment #06 For external
Intermediate System surface of shell
S2 - -
Coat No.1 and roof / (but
it is not limited.)
Finish Coat - -
Total DFT (ໃ) 60

Sa 2-1/2
Surface prep.
Primer Coat Inorganic Zinc Silicate 60 Resist 78 Attachment #04 SigmaZinc 158 Attachment #05 Interzinc 2280 Attachment #06 For external
surface of shell
Intermediate System
S3 - - and roof / (but
Coat No.3
it is not limited
Finish Coat - - to)
Total DFT (ໃ) 60

Sa 2-1/2
Surface prep. 1) For external
bottoms in
Jotamastic 87 SigmaShield Interseal contact with
Primer Coat Glass Flake Epoxy 250 Attachment #04 Attachment #05 Attachment #06
GF 880GF 670HSGF soil with
Intermediate System
S4 - - operating
Coat No.12 temperature up
Jotamastic 87 SigmaShield Interseal to 120୅
Finish Coat Glass Flake Epoxy 250 Attachment #04 Attachment #05 Attachment #06
GF 880GF 670HSGF
Total DFT (ໃ) 500 2) See Note 1

Sa 2-1/2 1) Only for the

Surface prep.
(Medium G or Ry5 50-75 μm) soil-contacting
external
Primer Coat Glass Flake Epoxy 250 Jotatemp 250 Attachment #04 SigmaShield 400 Attachment #05 Interzone 954GF Attachment #06
bottoms of
Intermediate 710TK-
- - System
S5 Coat 007A/B/C/D
No.12 with operating
Finish Coat Glass Flake Epoxy 250 Jotatemp 250 Attachment #04 SigmaShield 400 Attachment #05 Interzone 954GF Attachment #06
temperature
200 ୅
Total DFT (ໃ) 500
2) See Note 1
Sa 2-1/2
Surface prep.
Primer Coat Zinc Rich Epoxy 60 N/A SigmaZinc 68SP Attachment #05 N/A For platform,
stairway,
Intermediate System
S6 - - walkway, rolling
Coat No.1
ladder, vertical
Finish Coat - - ladder, handrail
Total DFT (ໃ) 60

For grating and
stair treads (but
S10 Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG) in accordance with ASTM A123.
it is not limited
to)
For structural
steel fasteners
S11 Hot Dipped Galvanized (HDG) in accordance with ASTM A153.
(but it is not
limited to)
For external
As per fasteners of
Appendix external
D of flanged
S12 Coating in accordance with Fluorocarbon polymer system such as TAKECOAT1000, OMEKOTE 4000, or equivalent like Xylan1014 or Xylan1070. DRP001- connections
OUF- operating
SPE-W- below 200୅
000-008 (but it is not
limited to)
Note
1) The plate’s edges shall be masked-off by 50mm. For detail, see Fig. 7-2 and Fig. 7-3.

5.2 Field coating system
Table 4. Field Coating System Details
Coating Applicable Specification Vendor

NDFT Final Color Client
System Painting Material & Jotun Paint Sigma Paint I.P.K Notes
No. Treatment (ໃ) (RAL.No.) System
Manufacture Name Attachment Name Attachment Name Attachment No.
Surface prep. Sand Paper or Equivalent
Primer Coat - -
Max. Operating
Intermediate High Build MIO Pigmented Penguard SigmaCover System Temperature
F1a 180 Attachment #04 Attachment #05 Intergard 475HS Attachment #06
Coat Epoxy Midcoat MIO 410Y No.1 : Up to 120ଇ
White Interthane (Non-insulated)
Finish Coat Polyurethane 60 Hardtop XP Attachment #04 SigmaDur 550Y Attachment #05 Attachment #06
(RAL 9003) 990SG
Total NDFT (ໃ) 240
Sa 2-1/2
Surface prep.
Primer Coat Zinc Rich Epoxy 60 Barrier 80 Attachment #04 SigmaZinc 109Y Attachment #05 Interzinc 52 Attachment #06 Max. Operating
Intermediate High Build MIO Pigmented Penguard SigmaCover System Temperature
F1b 180 Attachment #04 Attachment #05 Intergard 475HS Attachment #06
Coat Epoxy Midcoat MIO 410Y No.1 : Up to 120ଇ
White Interthane (Non-insulated)
Finish Coat Polyurethane 60 Hardtop XP Attachment #04 SigmaDur 550Y Attachment #05 Attachment #06
(RAL 9003) 990SG
Total NDFT (ໃ) 300
Surface prep. Sand Paper or Equivalent
Primer Coat - - Max. Operating

Temperature
Intermediate Air Drying Silicone Solvalitt System
F2 25 Attachment #04 SigmaTherm 540 Attachment #05 Intertherm 50 Attachment #06 : 151ଇto
Coat Aluminum Midtherm No.3
Air Drying Silicone White Solvalitt 400ଇ
Finish Coat 25 Attachment #04 SigmaTherm 540 Attachment #05 Intertherm 50 Attachment #06 (Insulated)
Aluminum (RAL 9003) Midtherm
Total DFT (ໃ) 50
Sa 2-1/2
Surface prep.
Intertherm
Primer Coat Phenolic Epoxy 125 Epoxy HR Attachment #04 SigmaTherm 230 Attachment #05 Attachment #06 Max. Operating
228HS
Intermediate System Temperature
F3 - -
Coat No.5 : Up to 150ଇ
White Intertherm (Insulated)
Finish Coat Phenolic Epoxy 125 Epoxy HR Attachment #04 SigmaTherm 230 Attachment #05 Attachment #06
(RAL 9003) 228HS
Total DFT (ໃ) 250
Sa 3
Surface prep.
Primer Coat Epoxy Primer - N/A Attachment #08 N/A Attachment #09 N/A Attachment #10
Intermediate System
F4 - -
Coat No.L1
Light Ivory Tankguard
Finish Coat High Solids Epoxy 500 Attachment #04 Novaguard 840 Attachment #05 Interline 925P Attachment #06
(RAL1015) Storage
Total DFT (ໃ) 500

Sa 3
Surface prep.
Intermediate System
F5a - -
Coat No.L2
Finish Coat Phenolic Epoxy 500 Attachment #04 Novaguard 840 Attachment #05 Interline 984 Attachment #06
(RAL1015) Storage
Total DFT (ໃ) 500
Sa 3
Surface prep.
Intermediate System For 590TK-001
F5b - -
Coat No.L2 and 002
Light Ivory Tankguard Enviroline
Finish Coat Phenolic Epoxy 500 Attachment #04 Novaguard 840 Attachment #05 Attachment #06
(RAL1015) Storage 405HTR
Total DFT (ໃ) 500
Sa 3 1) No paint
Surface prep.
(Medium G or Ry5 50-75 μm) manufacturer
Primer Coat - - N/A N/A N/A to be
applicable to
Intermediate System F6 system
F6 - - N/A N/A N/A
Coat No.L3 2) For internal
Vinyl Ester or Glass-Flake lining for tank
Finish Coat - N/A N/A N/A
Vinyl Ester with operating
temperature
Total DFT (ໃ) -
200 ୅
Sa 3
Surface prep.
Intermediate System
F7 - -
Coat No.L4
Finish Coat High Solids Epoxy 500 Attachment #04 Novaguard 840 Attachment #05 Interline 984 Attachment #06
(RAL1015) Storage
Total DFT (ໃ) 500
Sa 3
Surface prep.
Primer Coat - -
Intermediate System
F8 - - See Note 4
Coat No.L9
Finish Coat Rubber Lining Later
Total DFT (ໃ) Later
Sa 2-1/2
Surface prep.
Primer Coat - - 1) For platform,
Intermediate High Build MIO Pigmented stairway,
180 N/A SigmaCover 410 Attachment #05 N/A walkway, rolling
Coat Epoxy System
F9 Light Grey ladder, vertical
No.1
(RAL 7035) / ladder, handrail
Finish Coat Polyurethane 60 N/A SigmaDur 550 Attachment #05 N/A
Yellow
(RAL 1003) 2) See Note 3
Total DFT (ໃ) 240

SSPC SP7
Surface prep.
(Ry5 30-50 μm)
‫ ٻ‬INTERGARD See Note 2
Primer Coat Epoxy Primer 50 Penguard Primer Attachment #04 SigmaCover 280 Attachment #05 Attachment #06
269 (Galvanized
Intermediate System Steel surfaces
F10 - -
Coat No.13 where colour
Red ‫ ٻ‬INTERTHANE coding is
Finish Coat Polyurethane 50 Hardtop XP Attachment #04 SigmaDur 550 Attachment #05 Attachment #06 required)
(RAL 3001) 990SG
Total DFT (ໃ) 100
Note
1) Surface cleanliness grades for carbon steel substrates are given in accordance with ISO 8051-1. SSPC SP10 and SSPC Vis-1 may be used as an alternative to
ISO 8501-1 Sa 2-1/2
And surface cleanliness grades for carbon steel substrates are given in accordance with ISO 8051-1. SSPC SP5 and SSPC Vis-1 may be used as an alternative
to ISO 8501-1 Sa 3.
2) Total NDFT Excludes thickness of HDG
3) Platform Frames, Ladders, Un-insulated Valves : Light Grey (RAL 7035)
Handrails, ladder cages : Yellow (RAL 1003)
Fire Pump, Valves, piping, sprinklers, deluge piping : Red (RAL 3001)
4) Lining shall be provided in accordance with the datasheet and BS 6374-5 and ASTM D 7602-11.

6. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
6.1 Labeling Requirements
Labeling of tankage shall be limited to the requirements defined within this procedure only.
Labeling shall be in black letters onto the equipment base colour unless insufficient contrast for
identification would be achieved, in which case a white background for the label shall be provided.
In all cases the tag number shall be located in a convenient location for recognition by the operators and
this shall take precedence over a prescript location.
1) Storage Tanks
All Storage Tanks shall be marked with the Equipment Tag Number and content in a prominent place on
the tank shell, such that the tank can be identified clearly and, where relevant, from a distance. The
exact dimensions of the Equipment Tag Number and content text shall be considered between 500
to 1000 mm in height but shall be appropriate for each tank regardless.
Specific storage tanks shall be marked with the COMPANY logo in a prominent place on tanks shell
along with tanks tag numbers. The exact dimensions of the COMPANY logo required for each storage
tank shall be provided during the detailed design phase of the Works and shall be appropriate for each
tank size. The tanks that require this logo are those that are facing the roads and public areas adjacent
to the Duqm.
Refinery site, therefore the logo must be located on the tank such that it is facing towards the nearest
refinery fence line. The following list of 10 tanks require the logo:
(1) 700TK-001A/B/C Crude Oil Storage Tank

(2) 710TK-007A/B/C/D Vacuum residue/ HSFO
(3) 730TK-002A/B/C Jet A-1 Product Storage Tank
If any change to the location of tanks is to occur throughout the detailed design, APPLICATOR shall
make the necessary modification to ensure the COMPANY Logo is sufficiently visible or alternate tank
is selected in agreement with COMPANY. The requirement is that all storage tanks adjacent to the
refinery outer fence-line has the logo marked on it.
6.2 Size and Location of Lettering
Figure 6-1: Size and dimensions of Lettering for Storage Tanks
The size of lettering used for code indications on insulated and un-insulated tankage is as follows.
The following are suggested sizes only and may be varied by COMPANY and CONTRACTOR.
Table.5 Size of Lettering for Storage Tanks

Dimension of Lettering
Item
Tank Size Letter Height (H1) Letter Length (L)
Up to 15m 500mm As required
Storage Tanks > 15m 1000mm As required

Figure 6-2: Location of Lettering for Cone Roof Tank
Figure 6-3: Location of Lettering for Dome Roof Tank
Figure 6-4: Location of Lettering for External Floating Roof Tank

<NOTE>
1. Item No.
(1) Elevation Lettering for tanks shall be placed at height of appox. 4/5 H of the shell
height.
(2) Size Size shall be as per Fig.6-1 ~ Fig.6-4 and Table.5 But detailed dimensions
shall be fixed at site with employer.
(3) Color To be later
(4) Type of letters To be later
(5) Orientation Blank space between letters (symbols) shall be tailored according to their
height; approximately, 30% of letters (symbols) height can be considered.
6.3 Hazard Signs

Hazard signs should be done based on the NFPA 704 standards to help identify chemical hazards
associated with chemicals.

7. FIGURE FOR EDGE PREPARATION (WELDABLE PAINTING OR MASKING)
<Fig. 7-1 WELDABLE PAINT OR MASKING – SHELL PLATE>
<Fig. 7-2 WELDABLE PAINT OR MASKING – BOTTOM PLATE>

<Fig. 7-3 WELDABLE PAINT OR MASKING – ANNULAR PLATE>
<Fig. 7-4 WELDABLE PAINT OR MASKING – ROOF PLATE>

<Fig. 7-5 WELDABLE PAINT OR MASKING – COM. PRESS RING PLATE>

8. FIGURE FOR PAINTING SYSTEM
<Fig.8-1 DOUBLE DECK EXTERNAL FLOATING ROOF FOR 700TK-001A/B/C >
<Fig.8-2 SINGLE DECK INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF FOR 730TK-001A/B/C >

<Fig.8-3 SINGLE DECK INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF FOR 730TK-002A/B/C >
<Fig.8-4 SINGLE DECK INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF FOR 550TK-001, 550TK-002 >

<Fig.8-5 SINGLE DECK EXTERNAL FLOATING ROOF FOR 570TK-003A/B, 570TK-004 >
<Fig.8-6 SINGLE DECK INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF FOR 710TK-001 >

S1
S1
S1
S1
<Fig.8-7 SINGLE DECK INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF FOR 710TK-004 >

ANNEX #1. EXTERNAL FASTENER COATING
External pressure retaining fasteners (bolts, studs and nuts) shall be coated with a
fluorocarbon polymer system such as TAKECOAT1000, OMEKOTE 4000, or equivalent like
Xylan1014 or 1070. Bolting shall be accomplished using the special tools and the instructions as
supplied by the approved MANUFACTURER. Alternate coating will only be acceptable upon
thorough investigation of such coating as to the type, application procedures and the results
of necessary testing that prove to be equivalent or superior to the stated systems. It is the
APPLICATOR’s responsibility to perform the necessary investigation and to advise the
outcome to the COMPANY and CONTRACTOR for approval. General clarification as to the
extent to which the requirement is applicable is as follows:
x Included:
1) All external flange connections (shop and field assembled), including insulated flange bolting
where the service temperature is less than 200°C.
2) Equipment bolting that requires removal for scheduled maintenance and inspection.
x Excluded:
1) All structural bolting.
2) Fasteners / bolts used in assembly of various components within a VENDOR’s standard
equipment, miscellaneous standard valve assemblies and instrumentation.
COMPANY and CONTRACTOR shall review VENDOR’s standard coating for its suitability in
the specified jobsite conditions, on a case by case basis.
3) Alloy fasteners (above 9%Cr or 9%Ni alloy content).
4) Insulated flange bolting above 200°C.

<ATTACHMENT #1 : ITEM SUMMARY SHEET – 2 sheets>

ATTACHMENT #1_ ITEM SUMMARY SHEET
Project Name : Duqm Refinery Project, Oman 'DWH
Tank
Capacity Products stored Temperature Condition insulation Paint Specification
Size
per Tank
Q'TY
(Storage
Group Item Applied Tank Volume) D.T O.T
No. Description I.D H Properties (Min./Max.) (Min./Max.) PWHT Type / th'k External Surface (for fixed roof tank) Internal Coating (for fixed roof tank) Floating Roof Coating
No. No. CODE Type
(Toxic /
Name
Flammable
3 / Sour) Non Liquid Contact Area
SET (m) (m) (m ) (୅) (୅) (mm) Shell / Fixed Roof Bottom Soil Side Shell / Bottom / Fixed Roof Liquid Contact Area
(excluding internal space of pontoon/double deck)
* Client painting system No. : 1 * Client painting system No. : 12 <For only 1m shell / bottom> * Client lining system No. : L1 * Client painting system No. : 1
o - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L1 - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ᎕)
MFB 700TK- Crude Oil Storage (Cleanout - Primer : 60᎕ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy) - Primer : 60᎕ of Zinc Rich Epoxy
110 1 3 API 650 DDFRT 65.00 20.00 66,366 Crude Oil Flammable 5 / 85 - / 43 door / 1'st - - Intermediate : 180᎕ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy) - Intermediate : 180᎕ of High Build MIO
001A/B/C Tanks
shell with Pigmented Epoxy. Pigmented Epoxy.
(TP-1) nozzles) - Finish : 60᎕ of Polyurethane. - Finish : 60᎕ of Polyurethane.
* Client painting system No. : 1 * Client painting system No. : 12

- Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁)
730TK- Naphtha Product Naphtha - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy
2 3 API 650 DIFRT 36.00 19.00 19,340 Flammable 5 / 85 - / 43.8 - - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy N/A N/A N/A
001A/B/C Storage Tanks Product
Pigmented Epoxy.
- Finish : 60༁ of Polyurethane.
* Client painting system No. : 1 * Client painting system No. : 12 <For shell / bottom / roof> * Client lining system No. : L4 * Client lining system No. : L4
- Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L4 - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
730TK- Jet A-1 Product Jet A-1 - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy) - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy)
3 3 API 650 DIFRT 32.00 20.00 16,085 Flammable 5 / 85 - / 43 - - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy)
002A/B/C Storage Tanks Product
Pigmented Epoxy.
* Client painting system No. : 1 * Client painting system No. : 12 <For only 1m shell / bottom>
- Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L1
o
730TK- Diesel Product Diesel - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
4 3 API 650 DRT 47.00 20.00 34,699 - 5 / 85 - / 43 (1'st shell - N/A N/A
003A/B/C Storage Tanks Product - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy)
with
Pigmented Epoxy.
nozzles)
* Client painting system No. : 1 * Client painting system No. : 12 <For only 1m shell / bottom> * Client lining system No. : L1
- Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L1 - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
o
MFB SR Light Slops SR Light - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy)
1 550TK-001 1 API 650 DIFRT 30.00 19.00 13,430 Flammable 5 / 85 - / 43 (1'st shell - N/A
120 Storage Tank Slops - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy)
with
Pigmented Epoxy.
nozzles)
(TP-2) - Finish : 60༁ of Polyurethane.
* Client painting system No. : 1 * Client painting system No. : 12 <For only 1m shell / bottom> * Client lining system No. : L1
o - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ᎕) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L1 - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
Cracked Light - Primer : 60᎕ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy)
Cracked (1'st shell
2 550TK-002 Slops Storage 1 API 650 DIFRT 30.00 19.00 13,430 Flammable 5 / 85 - / 49 - - Intermediate : 180᎕ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy) N/A
Light Slops with
Tank Pigmented Epoxy.
nozzles)
- Finish : 60᎕ of Polyurethane.
o - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L1
Straight (Cleanout - Primer : 125᎕ of Phenolic Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
SR Heavy Slops HC /
3 550TK-003 1 API 650 DRT 30.00 16.50 11,663 Run Heavy - 5 / 105 - / 80 door / 1'st - Finish : 125᎕ of Phenolic Epoxy - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy) N/A N/A
Storage Tank 25mm
Slops shell with
nozzles)
Cracked Heavy Cracked (Cleanout - Primer : 125᎕ of Phenolic Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
HC /
4 550TK-004 Slops Storage 1 API 650 DRT 30.00 16.50 11,663 Heavy - 5 / 105 - / 80 door / 1'st - Finish : 125᎕ of Phenolic Epoxy - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy) N/A N/A
25mm
Tank Slops shell with
nozzles)
* Client painting system No. : 1 * Client painting system No. : 12 <For shell / bottom / roof>
De-Oiled - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
570TK- API De-Oiled
5 2 API 650 CRT 8.00 6.00 302 Waste - 5 / 85 - / 51 - - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) N/A N/A
001A/B Water Tank
Water Pigmented Epoxy.
Desalter - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
570TK- Desalter Balance
6 2 API 650 CRT 14.00 20.00 3,079 Effluent Sour 5 / 85 - / 54 - - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) N/A N/A
002A/B Tank
* Client painting system No. : 1 * Client painting system No. : 12 <For shell / bottom / roof> * Client lining system No. : L2 * Client painting system No. : 1
- Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L2 - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁)
De-Oiled - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy
570TK-
7 Equalisation Tank 2 API 650 SDFRT 25.00 18.00 8,836 Waste - 5 / 85 - / 47 - - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO
003A/B
Water Pigmented Epoxy. Pigmented Epoxy.
- Finish : 60༁ of Polyurethane. - Finish : 60༁ of Polyurethane.
* Client painting system No. : 1 * Client painting system No. : 12 <For shell / bottom / roof> * Client lining system No. : L2 * Client painting system No. : 1
- Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L2 - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁)
Off-spec - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy
Off-Spec
8 570TK-004 1 API 650 SDFRT 25.00 18.00 8,836 Waste - 5 / 85 - / 47 - - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO
Equalisation Tank
Water Pigmented Epoxy. Pigmented Epoxy.
- Finish : 60༁ of Polyurethane. - Finish : 60༁ of Polyurethane.
Off-spec - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
Off-Spec Sour
9 570TK-005 1 API 650 CRT 16.00 19.00 3,820 Sour Waste Sour 5 / 85 - / 43 - - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) N/A N/A
Water Tank
S-Tank Engineering Co., Ltd.

ATTACHMENT #1_ ITEM SUMMARY SHEET
Project Name : Duqm Refinery Project, Oman 'DWH
Tank
Capacity Products stored Temperature Condition insulation Paint Specification
Size
per Tank
Q'TY
(Storage
Group Item Applied Tank Volume) D.T O.T
No. Description I.D H Properties (Min./Max.) (Min./Max.) PWHT Type / th'k External Surface (for fixed roof tank) Internal Coating (for fixed roof tank) Floating Roof Coating
No. No. CODE Type
(Toxic /
Name
Flammable
3 / Sour) Non Liquid Contact Area
SET (m) (m) (m ) (୅) (୅) (mm) Shell / Fixed Roof Bottom Soil Side Shell / Bottom / Fixed Roof Liquid Contact Area
(excluding internal space of pontoon/double deck)
MFB 570TK- - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
120 10 Slop Oil Tank 2 API 650 CRT 6.00 6.00 170 Slop Oil Flammable 5 / 105 50 / 80 - - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) N/A N/A
006A/B
Pigmented Epoxy.
(TP-2) - Finish : 60༁ of Polyurethane.
Treated - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
570TK- Sand Filter Feed
11 2 API 650 CRT 10.00 5.00 393 Waste - 5 / 85 - / 37 - - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) N/A N/A
007A/B Tank
- Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L9
Sulphuric - Primer : 125᎕ of Phenolic Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
Bulk Acid HC /
12 570TK-008 1 API 650 CRT 4.00 5.00 63 Acid (96% Toxic 5 / 85 - / 44 - - Finish : 125᎕ of Phenolic Epoxy - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Rubber Lining (Total DFT : Lining shall be N/A N/A
Storage Tank 50mm
w/w) provided in accordance with the datasheet and BS
6374-5 and ASTM D7602-11)
585TK- Flushing Oil Flushing Oil
o - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
13 2 API 650 DRT 20.00 20.00 6,283 - 5 / 85 - / 43 (Cleanout - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy) N/A N/A
001A/B Storage Tank (Diesel)
door) Pigmented Epoxy.
Spent - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L2
Spent Caustic
Caustic o - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
14 590TK-001 1 API 650 CRT 8.00 8.30 417 (special Toxic 5 / 105 - / 60 (Whole - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) N/A N/A
Tanks
condition : tank ) Pigmented Epoxy.
Caustic) - Finish : 60༁ of Polyurethane.
Spent - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L2
KTU Hot Wash
Caustic o - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
15 590TK-002 1 API 650 CRT 12.00 13.00 1,470 (special Toxic 5 / 105 - / 60 (Whole - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) N/A N/A
Tank (Case 1)
condition : tank ) Pigmented Epoxy.
Caustic) - Finish : 60༁ of Polyurethane.
- Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L4 - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
SR Kerosene SR - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy) - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy)
16 710TK-001 1 API 650 DIFRT 35.00 20.00 19,242 Flammable 5 / 85 - / 43 - - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy)
Storage Tank Kerosene
Pigmented Epoxy.
o
710TK- Combined Diesel Combined - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
17 2 API 650 DRT 53.00 20.00 44,124 - 5 / 85 - / 43 (1'st shell - N/A N/A
002A/B Storage Tanks Diesel - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy)
with
Pigmented Epoxy.
nozzles)
o - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L2
710TK- LCGO Storage Light Coker (Cleanout - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
18 2 API 650 DRT 30.00 20.00 14,137 - 5 / 85 - / 43 door / 1'st - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) N/A N/A
003A/B Tanks Gas Oil
shell with Pigmented Epoxy.
nozzles) - Finish : 60༁ of Polyurethane.
- Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁) * Client lining system No. : L0 - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ᎕) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ᎕)
Coker Naphtha Coker
o - Primer : 60༁ of Zinc Rich Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ᎕) - Total 25᎕ of Shop primer - Total 25᎕ of Shop primer
19 710TK-004 1 API 650 DIFRT 20.00 20.00 6,283 Flammable 5 / 85 - / 43 (Cleanout - - Intermediate : 180༁ of High Build MIO - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 25᎕ of Shop primer
Storage Tank Naphtha
door) Pigmented Epoxy.
710TK- VGO Storage Vacuum (Cleanout HC / - Primer : 125᎕ of Phenolic Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
20 2 API 650 DRT 60.00 17.00 48,066 - 5 / 105 - / 80 door / 1'st - Finish : 125᎕ of Phenolic Epoxy - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) N/A N/A
005A/B Tanks Gas Oil 25mm
shell with
nozzles)
Heavy (Cleanout - Primer : 125᎕ of Phenolic Epoxy - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕)
710TK- HCGO Storage HC /
21 2 API 650 DRT 25.00 20.00 9,817 Coker Gas - 5 / 105 - / 80 door / 1'st - Finish : 125᎕ of Phenolic Epoxy - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy - Total 500᎕ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy) N/A N/A
006A/B Tanks 25mm
Oil shell with
nozzles)
* Client painting system No. : 3 * Client painting system No. : 12

o - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or R y5 50-75᎕) - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75 ༁)
Vacuum (Cleanout - Primer : 60᎕ of Inorganic Zinc Silicate - Primer : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy
710TK- VR/HSFO HC /
22 4 API 650 DRT 60.00 19.00 53,721 Residue / - 5 / 225 - / 200 door / 1'st - Intermediate : 25᎕ of Air Drying Silicone - Finish : 250༁ of Glass Flake Epoxy N/A N/A N/A
007A/B/C/D Storage Tanks 50mm
HSFO shell with Aluminum
nozzles) - Finish : 25᎕ of Air Drying Silicone Aluminum
S-Tank Engineering Co., Ltd.

<ATTACHMENT #2 : PAINTING SYSTEM FOR FIXED ROOF TANK (CRT, DRT) – 2 sheets>

ATTACHMENT #2_ PAINTING SYSTEM FOR FIXED ROOF TANK (CRT, DRT)
3URMHFW1DPH'XTP5HILQHU\3URMHFW2PDQ 'DWH
&OLHQWSDLQWLQJV\VWHP
&OLHQWSDLQWLQJV\VWHP %RWWRP $QQXODU3ODWHLQFOXGLQJ
)L[HG5RRI3ODWH &RPS5LQJ
1R 6KHOO3ODWHLQFOXGLQJDWWDFKPHQWVH[SDGFOLSHWFGLUHFWO\ZHOGHGRQ DWWDFKPHQWVH[SDGFOLSHWF 6WDLUZD\ 3ODWIRUP
LQFOXGLQJDWWDFKPHQWVH[SDGFOLS ([WHUQDOVXUIDFHRI&66KHOO1R]]OH ([WHUQDOVXUIDFHRI&65RRI1R]]OH :DWHU6SDU\ )RDP3LSLQJ %RWWRP6XPS
5HIHUWR$WWDFKPHQW WKHVKHOO GLUHFWO\ZHOGHGRQWKHERWWRP 5ROOLQJ/DGGHULIDQ\
HWFGLUHFWO\ZHOGHGRQWKHURRI
,WHP6XPPDU\6KHHW DQQXODU 5RRI
,QWHUQDOVXUIDFH ,QWHUQDOVXUIDFH
6WUXFWXUH 7RS$QJOHRU ,QRXWVLGHRI $QFKRU
RI RI
H[5DIWHUJLUGHU 6WLIIHQHU5LQJ +HDWLQJ&RLO %1
*URXS 7DQN 2XWVLGH &66KHOO1R]]OH &65RRI1R]]OH
,WHP1R ,QVLGH ,QVLGH HWF
2QO\)RU 3) *UDWLQJ 5HPDUN
1R 7\SH ,QWHUQDO 2QO\0HWHURI ([FOXGLQJ 8SVLGH 8QGHUVLGH ([SORVHG3DUWLQ ([SORVHG3DUWLQ ([SORVHG3DUWLQ ([SORVHG3DUWLQ 6XSSRUWH[ 7DQN 7DQN
([WHUQDO FOHDQRXWGRRURU 2XWVLGH ,QVLGH 2XWVLGH 6WDLUZD\ 3LSLQJ
6KHOOIURP 0HWHURI6KHOO ,QVLGHRI7DQN 6RLOVLGH 6KHOOLQWHUQDO 6KHOOH[WHUQDO 5RRILQWHUQDO 5RRIH[WHUQDO VKDSHVWHHOHWF ,QVLGH 8QGHUVLGH
6KHOO
VWVKHOOVXEMHFW /DGGHULIDQ\ 6WHS
%RWWRP IURP%RWWRP
%RWWRP WRWKH3:+7
)L[HG
6KHOO %RWWRP
5RRI
)L[HG 6RLO 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS
5RRI 6LGH
MFB 730TK- E\
DIFRT 1$ 6 6 6 6 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 6 6 1$ 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 6 6 1$
110 001A/B/C RWKHUV
(TP-1)
730TK- ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) E\
DIFRT / 6 6 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 6 1$ 6 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 6 )D 6 6 6 )D 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 6 1$
002A/B/C 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV
) )
730TK- ) )E ) )E )
DRT / 6 6 6 6 6 )D 6 6 1$ 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 )D 6 1RWH 6 6 1RWH 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 6 1$ 1$
003A/B/C 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH

) )
) )E ) )E ) E\
550TK-001 DIFRT / 6 6 6 6 6 )D 6 6 1$ 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 )D 6 1RWH 6 6 1RWH 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 6 1$
MFB 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV
120
(TP-2)
) )
) )E ) )E ) E\
550TK-002 DIFRT / 6 6 6 6 6 )D 6 6 1$ 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 )D 6 1RWH 6 6 1RWH 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 6 1$
1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV

) ) ) ) )
) 6 ) 6 E\
550TK-003 DRT / 6 1RWH 6 6 6 6 ) 6 1RWH 1$ 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 ) 6 1RWH 6 6 1RWH 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 ) 1$ 1$ 6 1RWH 1$
1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV

) ) ) ) )
) 6 ) 6 E\
550TK-004 DRT / 6 1RWH 6 6 6 6 ) 6 1RWH 1$ 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 ) 6 1RWH 6 6 1RWH 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 ) 1$ 1$ 6 1RWH 1$
1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV

570TK- E\
CRT / 6 )D 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 1$
001A/B RWKHUV
570TK- E\
CRT / 6 )D 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 1$
002A/B RWKHUV
E\
570TK-005 CRT / 6 )D 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 1$
RWKHUV
570TK- )D )D )D 6 )D )D )D )D )D )D 6 E\
CRT / 6 6 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 1$ 6 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 6 )D 6 6 6 )D 6 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ /DWHU /DWHU 6 1$
006A/B 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV
570TK- E\
CRT / 6 )D 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 1$
007A/B RWKHUV
E\
570TK-008 CRT / 6 ) 6 ) 1$ 1$ 6 ) 6 ) 6 1$ 6 ) 6 ) 1$ 1$ 6 ) 6 ) 6 ) 6 ) 6 ) 6 ) 6 ) 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 ) 6 1$
RWKHUV
67DQN(QJLQHHULQJ&R/WG
ATTACHMENT #2_ PAINTING SYSTEM FOR FIXED ROOF TANK (CRT, DRT)
&OLHQWSDLQWLQJV\VWHP
&OLHQWSDLQWLQJV\VWHP %RWWRP $QQXODU3ODWHLQFOXGLQJ
)L[HG5RRI3ODWH &RPS5LQJ
1R 6KHOO3ODWHLQFOXGLQJDWWDFKPHQWVH[SDGFOLSHWFGLUHFWO\ZHOGHGRQ DWWDFKPHQWVH[SDGFOLSHWF 6WDLUZD\ 3ODWIRUP
LQFOXGLQJDWWDFKPHQWVH[SDGFOLS ([WHUQDOVXUIDFHRI&66KHOO1R]]OH ([WHUQDOVXUIDFHRI&65RRI1R]]OH :DWHU6SDU\ )RDP3LSLQJ %RWWRP6XPS
5HIHUWR$WWDFKPHQW WKHVKHOO GLUHFWO\ZHOGHGRQWKHERWWRP 5ROOLQJ/DGGHULIDQ\
HWFGLUHFWO\ZHOGHGRQWKHURRI
,WHP6XPPDU\6KHHW DQQXODU 5RRI
,QWHUQDOVXUIDFH ,QWHUQDOVXUIDFH
6WUXFWXUH 7RS$QJOHRU ,QRXWVLGHRI $QFKRU
RI RI
H[5DIWHUJLUGHU 6WLIIHQHU5LQJ +HDWLQJ&RLO %1
*URXS 7DQN 2XWVLGH &66KHOO1R]]OH &65RRI1R]]OH
,WHP1R ,QVLGH ,QVLGH HWF 5HPDUN
1R 7\SH ,QWHUQDO 2QO\0HWHURI 2QO\)RU 3) *UDWLQJ
([FOXGLQJ 8SVLGH 8QGHUVLGH ([SORVHG3DUWLQ ([SORVHG3DUWLQ ([SORVHG3DUWLQ ([SORVHG3DUWLQ 6XSSRUWH[ 7DQN 7DQN
([WHUQDO FOHDQRXWGRRURU 2XWVLGH ,QVLGH 2XWVLGH 6WDLUZD\ 3LSLQJ
6KHOOIURP 0HWHURI6KHOO ,QVLGHRI7DQN 6RLOVLGH 6KHOOLQWHUQDO 6KHOOH[WHUQDO 5RRILQWHUQDO 5RRIH[WHUQDO VKDSHVWHHOHWF ,QVLGH 8QGHUVLGH
6KHOO
VWVKHOOVXEMHFW /DGGHULIDQ\ 6WHS
%RWWRP IURP%RWWRP
%RWWRP WRWKH3:+7
)L[HG
6KHOO %RWWRP
5RRI
)L[HG 6RLO 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS
5RRI 6LGH
585TK- ) )E ) ) )E ) ) E\

DRT / 6 6 6 6 6 )D 6 6 1$ 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 6 1$
MFB 001A/B 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV
120
(TP-2)
)E )E )E )E )E 6 )E )E )E )E )E )E )E )E )E )E 6 E\
590TK-001 CRT / 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 1$ 1$ 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 6
1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV
590TK- )E )E )E )E )E 6 )E )E )E )E )E )E )E )E )E )E )E 6 E\
CRT / 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 6
002 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV
E\
710TK-001 DIFRT / 6 ) 6 ) 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 ) 6 1$ 6 ) 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 ) 6 )D 6 ) 6 ) 6 )D 6 ) 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 ) 6 1$
RWKHUV
) )
710TK- ) )E ) )E ) E\
DRT / 6 6 6 6 6 )D 6 6 1$ 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 )D 6 1RWH 6 6 1RWH 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 6 1$
002A/B 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV

)D )D
710TK- )D )E )D )E )D E\
DRT / 6 6 6 6 6 )D 6 6 1$ 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 )D 6 1RWH 6 6 1RWH 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 6 1$
003A/B 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV

)E )E E\
710TK-004 DIFRT / 6 6 6 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 1$ 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 )D 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 6 6 1$
1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV
)D )D )D )D )D

710TK- ) 6 ) 6 E\
DRT / 6 1RWH 6 6 6 6 ) 6 1RWH 1$ 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 ) 6 1RWH 6 6 1RWH 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 1RWH 1$
005A/B 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV

)D )D )D )D )D

710TK- ) 6 ) 6 E\
DRT / 6 1RWH 6 6 6 6 ) 6 1RWH 1$ 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 ) 6 1RWH 6 6 1RWH 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 ) 1$ 1$ 6 1RWH 1$
006A/B 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RWKHUV

710TK-
6 6
007A/B/C/ DRT 1$ 6 6 6 6 6 ) 6 ) 6 6 1$ 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 6 6 ) 6 6 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 6 1$ 1$
D 1RWH 1RWH
127(!
7KHFRPSRQHQWVVXEMHFWWRWKHORFDOIXUQDFHZKROH3:+7VKDOOEHFRDWHGDVIROORZV
7KHFRPSRQHQWVVKDOOEHSDLQWHGDVSHUWKHDWWDFKPHQWDIWHUWKHORFDOIXUQDFHZKROH3:+7LVFDUULHGRXW
:KHQWKH3:+7IRUWKHZKROHWDQNLVUHTXLUHGVXFKDVIRU7.WKHH[WHUQDOERWWRPVLQFRQWDFWZLWKVRLOVKDOOEHSDLQWHGDVSHUWKHDWWDFKPHQWDIWHUWKH3:+7LVFDUULHGRXW
(SR[\VKDOOZLWKVWDQGWKH/3VWHDPFRQGLWLRQȔIRUKRXUVIRUVWHDPFOHDQLQJ
,QWHUQDOOLQLQJDQGH[WHUQDOFRDWLQJRIERWWRPSODWHVRLOVLGHZLWKRSHUDWLQJWHPSHUDWXUHRYHUȔVKDOOEHVHOHFWHGDVSHUSDLQWLQJYHQGRUUHFRPPHQGDWLRQDQGVKDOOEHDSSOLHGDIWHU&RQWUDFWRUDSSURYDO7%$
ȥ5HJDUGLQJRIWKLVUHTXLUHPHQWSOHDVHUHIHUWKHSDLQWYHQGRU
VWHFKQLFDOOHWWHUIURPWRSDJHRIWKLVSURFHGXUH
<ATTACHMENT #3 : PAINTING SYSTEM FOR FLOATING ROOF TANK (FRT, IFRT) – 1 sheet>

ATTACHMENT #3_ PAINTING SYSTEM FOR FLOATING ROOF TANK (FRT, IFRT)
%RWWRP $QQXODU3ODWHLQFOXGLQJ 'HFN3ODWH 3RQWRRQ3ODWHLQFOXGLQJ

&OLHQWSDLQWLQJV\VWHP1R
&OLHQWSDLQWLQJV\VWHP1R
6KHOO3ODWHLQFOXGLQJDWWDFKPHQWVH[SDGFOLSHWFGLUHFWO\ZHOGHGRQ DWWDFKPHQWVH[SDGFOLSHWF DWWDFKPHQWVH[SDGFOLSJXLGHSLSH,QQ5LP2XW 6WDLUZD\3ODWIRUPRU 5RRI'UDLQ6XPSDQG&RYHU
5HIHUWR$WWDFKPHQW ([WHUQDOVXUIDFHRI&66KHOO1R]]OH :DWHU6SDU\ )RDP3LSLQJ %RWWRP6XPS
WKHVKHOO GLUHFWO\ZHOGHGRQWKHERWWRP 5LPIRDPGDP0+HWFGLUHFWO\ZHOGHGRQWKH 5ROOLQJ/DGGHULIDQ\ ZLWK1R]]OH
,WHP6XPPDU\6KHHW
DQQXODU 'HFN 3RQWRRQ SLSHRIIORDWLQJ
'HFN3RVW 7RS:LQG ([WHUQDOVXUIDFH ,QWHUQDOVXUIDFH %DVH3ODWHIRU
,QWHUQDOVXUIDFH URRIGUDLQRU
$XWR%OHHGHU 5DLO7UDFNIRU *LUGHU7RS RI&65RRI RI 'HFN3RVW $QFKRU
2XWVLGH RI IORDWLQJVHFWLRQ
9HQW 5ROOLQJ/DGGHU $QJOHRU 1R]]OH &65RRI1R]]OH $XWR%OHHGHU %1
,QWHUQDO 2XWVLGH 1RQOLTXLG &66KHOO1R]]OH RURLOVNLPPHU
*URXS 7DQN ,QVLGH ,QVLGH 1RWH 6WLIIHQHU5LQJ 6WLOOLQJZHOO 6WLOOLQJZHOO 9HQW
,WHP1R 2QO\)RU ,QVLGH FRQWDFWDUHD LQWHUQDOVSDFHRI 3)6WDLUZD\RU *UDWLQJ 1RWH 5HPDUN
1R 7\SH
([WHUQDO 6KHOO 2QO\0HWHURI ([FOXGLQJ
FOHDQRXWGRRURU 2XWVLGH
8SVLGH 8QGHUVLGH
/LTXLGFRQWDFW H[FOXGLQJ SRQWRRQGRXEOH
([SORVHG3DUWLQ ([SORVHG3DUWLQ
5ROOLQJ/DGGHULI 3LSLQJ
6XSSRUWH[
,QVLGH 2XWVLGH
7DQN 7DQN
%RWWRP 6KHOOIURP 0HWHURI6KHOO ,QVLGHRI7DQN 6RLOVLGH 6KHOOLQWHUQDO 6KHOOH[WHUQDO VKDSHVWHHOHWF ,QVLGH 8QGHUVLGH

VWVKHOOVXEMHFW DUHD LQWHUQDOVSDFHRI GHFN DQ\ 6WHS
/LTXLG %RWWRP IURP%RWWRP
WRWKH3:+7 SRQWRRQGRXEOH
FRQWDFW GHFN
DUHDRI
%RWWRP
)ORDWLQJ )ORDWLQJ
6KHOO 6RLO 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS )LHOG 6KRS
5RRI 5RRI
6LGH
)
MFB 700TK- ) )E ) ) ) )E ) ) ) ) ) 2QO\
DDFRT / 6 6 6 6 6 )D 6 6 1$ 6 6 )D 6 6 6 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 6 6 6 6 6 ) 6 6 ) 6 )D 6 1$ 6 6 )D 6 6 1$ 6 1$
110 001A/B/C 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH 1RWH RQH
VLGH
(TP-1)
6
730TK- 2QO\
DIFRT 1$ 1$ 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 )D 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6
001A/B/C RQH
VLGH
)
730TK
730TK- ) ) 2QO\
DIFRT / / 6 6 6 6 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 )D 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6
002A/B/C 1RWH 1RWH RQH
VLGH
)
MFB ) 2QO\
550TK-001 DIFRT 1$ / 6 6 6 6 6 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 )D 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6
120 1RWH RQH
VLGH
(TP-2)
)
) 2QO\
550TK-002 DIFRT 1$ / 6 6 6 6 6 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 )D 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6
1RWH RQH
VLGH
)D
570TK- 2QO\ E\
SDFRT / 6 )D 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 6 6 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 1$ 6
003A/B RQH RWKHUV
VLGH
)D
2QO\ E\
570TK-004 SDFRT / 6 )D 6 )D 1$ 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 6 6 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 ) 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 1$ 6 )D 6 )D 6 )D 6 1$ 6
RQH RWKHUV
VLGH
)
2QO\
710TK-001 DIFRT / / 6 ) 6 ) 6 6 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 )D 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6
RQH
VLGH
6
2QO\\
710TK-004
10TK 004 DIFRT / / 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 1$ 1$ 1$ 6 )D 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 1$ 6
RQH
VLGH
127(!
7KHFRPSRQHQWVVXEMHFWWRWKHORFDOIXUQDFHZKROH3:+7VKDOOEHFRDWHGDVIROORZV
7KHFRPSRQHQWVVKDOOEHSDLQWHGDVSHUWKHCVVCEJOGPVDIWHUWKHORFDOIXUQDFHZKROH3:+7LVFDUULHGRXW
(SR[\VKDOOZLWKVWDQGWKH/3VWHDPFRQGLWLRQȔIRUKRXUVIRUVWHDPFOHDQLQJ
,QWHUQDOOLQLQJDQGH[WHUQDOFRDWLQJRIERWWRPSODWHVRLOVLGHZLWKRSHUDWLQJWHPSHUDWXUHRYHUȔVKDOOEHVHOHFWHGDVSHUSDLQWLQJYHQGRUUHFRPPHQGDWLRQDQGVKDOOEHDSSOLHGDIWHU&RQWUDFWRUDSSURYDO7%$
&DUERQVWHHOIORDWLQJURRIJXLGHVVXSSRUWOHJVDQGVOHHYHVURRIGUDLQSLSLQJJDXJHZHOOVHPHUJHQF\GUDLQSLSLQJVKDOOEHKRWGLSSHGJDOYDQL]HGDIWHUIDEULFDWLRQ)LHOGZHOGMRLQWVRQJDOYDQL]HGSDUWVVKDOOEHPLQLPL]HG
<ATTACHMENT #4 : PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR JOTUN – 54 sheets>

0 !
'

!" ! #
"$%
! ! " &
!
" "# " "'"! #
!
()(#!"$% & !""

(!
! )" # ( &
! )"
! & !
$*( #
!! ! !

!#

! ! !

"
! ! '!
$
+( # "
$ " &
! ! #! #
,* !
'" - !

" # ( "()(#!"# "$.# ( &
! !
! ! ! !(
#( !
!

( #

!" $*
( ' "

" #"+%/+0//12*03$

4
&
! !# #! #"!
&&
! '!
! & ! $. #
! !&
!! "!)
&()(#!"#!"
!#
$

!)"!

.
('
# %.6777 FG
/
' /5, %.67 17@
2
%.67B+
=,*
# $@ )"8
6*15.89
":
" 5.;<0
= @"8
*04>.*+.*0?+!# 79
":
"
6*1;5 %;8@8;5
! @"8
6*1:
! :
! * 0!*
!'
0 "8
!
' &
!&
! !
# !
# #(A
" '!
"

#!$
0 '&
!- $
/
!
C0
!"
D
#< !&
! *
"E &
$

!& ) @ 1 7@ H
3 & ) @@ 1 @ H

! ! "! $ 1 I8

&# C BD# <" C8@
. # !

! '
## $
. .!

( !
A#
.& . ..
0
/# 0/&
! !
# $2
!
#! !
D
#
&& '
#! ( $A
#$

#! "

#( K# !
# #!& ( !&! &!

$

*!(
.J%.6@1 .J%.6@1
. ( &

! ! ' !
& "!
# !#
$

!
# ( (
. !C 5 ! !

!! !$
>!#C 4
&
!
#1# #!
$
!"# $
+#)*L*
0 !
+#)*L*
> !
#

!C D
# !M
$= 8 D
# !M
$@
D
# !M
$=C&
!& '
!

D
# !M
$@C&
!
'
!

%

M
8C @17
<! #!
#C @(!8

&# C BD# <" C8@
. # !

! '
## $
. .!

( !
A#
.& . ..
0
/# 0/&
! !
# $2
!
#! !
D
#
&& '
#! ( $A
#$

&'( )*(
.#!&
#!
3)1
1! 7
!

' !
#
! 8#! &
! !'
2
!-#
' !
" !'! & !
0
/# 0/&
! !
# $
!"#!" ! ! # !

!
! #! ! ' # (
@G
' !"
& 2!" &
! !
# $
.#!&
#!C
&!" " ! #! &" !

' !
!! '
) $
3)1
1!C+# ( &
!
"
!
!&
!&&
# ! !)
!
!
! " $
!

' !
#C !

! ( &
! -
( $
! 8#! &
! !' C+# ( &
!
"( ! -

'!
8 #$
+

&'(
<
& =
,

!
!C
*
#
#C=,*< )C,*
% ! !C

*
#
#C@,*< )C@,*
" &
! ! #! #
,* !
'" - !
" # ( "
()(#!"# "$
! #! !
!

& !
' !
! $0 !
! #&& !
! #! $

&# C BD# <" C78@
. # !

! '
## $
. .!

( !
A#
.& . ..
0
/# 0/&
! !
# $2
!
#! !
D
#
&& '
#! ( $A
#$

"
# -
#!
&
" '!
# ! !

( #

(
!
# $.
- !
(
$*
D
#&
! &
!

$
.#( K#
C
-)!
-
-
" $
. -
" $ " $
+#)*L*
0
+#)*L*
>
'
# &
!&
!

#!$M

'! ) & '
# '!
#

! "#
$

!
# # (
!
!
! "#
$:
!!

' &!

#!
& "
$*
!# ( ) "
$9
! $
&'(
+#)*L*
0

+#)*L*
> =

%
!)
! && (
! !(
"
$ (
' # &
& ! & ! K# #(A
! 1
$

!
# &
! !
&
#
$
!
!
!( ! - ! '
( K#
-8 !
"
!!
!"
D
#E

#
$0
!
!
!# !
! !
!

K# #"
!
# $"# "' (
#!! )
"
& !
# $0#"" '

#

( &
!!
!
( D
#! ! ' &
! !
'( &
!
"

!)$
,
<
( !' ! #
!

!$5 # ! '

$

! $0'
)
$. "
)
# ( !
' # (
!
!$;
#( &# !

#" $
#

&# C BD# <" C=8@
. # !

! '
## $
. .!

( !
A#
.& . ..
0
/# 0/&
! !
# $2
!
#! !
D
#
&& '
#! ( $A
#$

3 ( !
# !! &
!# ! !
! &
#"' "

#!'!

&!
(
( $.# !
# & ) -

#" !"$

&
!

# "'
(
&D
#E)
" (
(
!
! "
! - ! $D
#E !
# !
! 1& "
# !
# !
&
# # !

(
D
#E
!
$D
#
"#! "(# K#
& !
#
&$+
! !
# '!
(
! !

! K#! $D
#! !'
!"
" "'
# &#! !
$
5 !
#
# D
#&
! &"#
" !# (
& !
# &
! !
&
! $
%& !

( && ! "#" #
&
# ;"5 :"

' !
! '$

&# C BD# <" C@8@
. # !

! '
## $
. .!

( !
A#
.& . ..
0
/# 0/&
! !
# $2
!
#! !
D
#
&& '
#! ( $A
#$

2#
,

!

! ## #

$%& $
$#
$
#
# %&
'
#!

!

# (## !
'))*+ , &)-./0%& #
,
, #$

##

#

#
'
!
$ !%
1 # #! # !
#
,#
! %)# 1 '
##1
# #
'
#$
$!$ $,
#1 # %#
#
! 2)30 &&# %

*#
, 4
)# 1 '
# ## ## $

##
, $
# #
+0&)-./%5
!!
'
#
''
# ,#
! # ' #
# 1#$ 1#$!$ (#! $ # ## ##
%) $ #! #'
#
$ ! # ##1 # (## %

# &)-./$ ##1
##
, $
#+0/&
2
# ' #
,!1 ,1
# (# %

$#

)
1,
#! &)-999 FG
6
, 678 &)-9 ! /90
A
&)-9.3
8+
# %0 B$:
-+/7):;
$<
$ 7)=*2!
9$:
+25>)+3)+2?3## 9;
$<
$
-+/=7 &=:0:=7
# 9$:
-+/+ 6>:9.0/. 9$:
-+/<
# <
# + 2#+
#,
2 90$:
#
, '
#'
##
# #
# #1A
$ ,#
$

##%
2 ,'
#! %
6
#
42
#$
D
#* #'
#! +
$E '
%

'# 4 .G
, !1 # *$ 4:0
) # #

# ,
## %
) )#
!!
1 #
A#
)' ) ))
2
6# 26'
# #
# %A
#
## #
D
#
'' ,
## 1 %A
#%
!

#'! B / . I!
H '! B 0 / 0 I!

# # $# 0%9 / % !N:

## $

#1 (# #
# ##' 1 #'# '#
!

!
%
!

! " #
+#1
) 9&)-0/ )O&)-0/
)
#! + ##!$ #
, 21#,
# # ,

#! #&)-./%% 1
)&)-0/
'
G
' ##' %
- !#! #'
#! #$

##

#

# !#
, #
!! ##' # #
%

#
# 1 1
)#4 7 # #%

>##4 5
!! '
# #
$!# %+# !# 1 B
,
' #'! B %
$ %! &
>## #+
!2 9 #
>## #+
!> #

'# 4 .G
, !1 # *$ 4:0
) # #

# ,
## %
) )#
!!
1 #
A#
)' ) ))
2
6# 26'
# #
# %A
#
## #
D
#
'' ,
## 1 %A
#%
!

#4 D
# #G
%
'

G
:4 0/
*# ##
!!#!4 01#:

! () *) +,) -)
)##'
## 0! ! ! !
HB/
/# 9 %0 !
#

, #
!!#! 9 %0 !
# :## '
# #, 0
A
#!!#!
, #
$ #,# ' #
2
6# 26'
# #
# %
#$##$ ! # #! # #

#
! # ## # , #! 1
0G
, #$
' A#$ '
# #
# %
)##'
##4
'#$ $ # ## '$ #

, !#
## ,
B %
HB/
/#43!#! ! 1 '
#
$
#
#!'
#''
# #! !#B
!#
#
#!$ %
#

, #
!!#!4 #
!!
# ! 1 '
#
1 %
# :## '
# #, 43!#! ! 1 '
#
$1 #!

,#
! :! #!%
.

+,)
&#
! 9!
*
'
/

# !
# 8+ 8+
* B ! # ## ##
!%
##%

'# 4 .G
, !1 # *$ 49:0
) # #

# ,
## %
) )#
!!
1 #
A#
)' ) ))
2
6# 26'
# #
# %A
#
## #
D
#
'' ,
## 1 %A
#%
!

! # ## #
#

'#
, #
# %2 #
# !#'' #
! # ## %
!

$
#
##
'
$ !,#
##! #

1 #

!1
#
# %)
! ! #
1
%+
D
#'
# ' !
#
!!
%
*# ,
#
4
#$
#! #
)#1 (#
4

!
##
% &

1 0
% & % &
>## #+
!2 9:%0 0:
>## #+
!> :%0 :9
,
#! '
#'
#!

##%G

,# B ' ,
#! ,#
#

# $#
%

#
# !# 1
#
#
# $#
%<
##

, '#
!
##
' $
%+
#!# 1 B $
%;
# %
+,)
>## #+
!2 !

>## #+
!> !

&
! !#B
!! # '' 1
# #1
$
% 1
, !!#! '
' # ' # (# #1A
# /
%

#
# '
##
'
#
%
#
#
#1 # # ,
1 (#!
!: #
$
##
#$
D
#E

#!
%2
#
#
## #
# #
#

(#! #$
#
# %$# $, 1
### B
$
' #
# %2#$$ ,

#

1 '
# #
#
1 D
## # , '
##
,1 '
#
!! $

#B%
/
*
1 #, # #
#

#%7 # # ,

%

#! %2,
B
%)$
B
#!! 1 # !
, # 1
#
#%=
#1 '# #!

#$ !! %

'# 4 .G
, !1 # *$ 4:0
) # #

# ,
## %
) )#
!!
1 #
A#
)' ) ))
2
6# 26'
# #
# %A
#
## #
D
#
'' ,
## 1 %A
#%
!

H 1 #
# #!#! '
## #! #
# '
#$!, $

##,#

'#
!1
1 %)##
# !' B

#$ #$%

'
#!

#! $,
1
'D
#EB
$ 1
1
#
# $
# # %D
#E#
# #
# !/' $
##
# #
'
# # #

1
D
#E
#
%D
#
$## $1# (#
' #
#
'%3
##
# ,#
!1 ! !
# #

!
# (## ! %D
## #,
#$
$ $,
# '## #
%
7 #
#
# D
#'
# '$#
$ ## 1
' #
# '
# #
'
# %
&' #

1 '' # $#$ #
'
#! =$7 <$
!
, #
# ,%

'# 4 .G
, !1 # *$ 40:0
) # #

# ,
## %
) )#
!!
1 #
A#
)' ) ))
2
6# 26'
# #
# %A
#
## #
D
#
'' ,
## 1 %A
#%
!

1
'

!

"!# $

$%

&

'

( %
'

( % &

%

' '
$*+!
*+"!(#
,--. /
&

&&
'
$ & $
$% $%
0

) "

/ &
(&
'

$

(
%'
!(#888 23
4
' 4567 !(#8 .8+
A
!(#86>,"
+7*
B9
#*.5(9:
;
5(<)1
- +9
*1/>(*">$(*1?" 8$:
;

#*.<5 !<9>+9<5
-+9
#*.* 4>98,+.,!(#,. >,9
#*.;
;
* 1*
'
1 >-9

' &
&

$%A
'

1 '&

4

C1

D
) &
*
E &

& B . + H

F & B + . 8 H

. 88 I9

& C 1 ) C9-
(

'

( (

%
A
(& ( ((
1
4 14&

A

D

&& $ '
% A

% 0
& % $& &

!
*
& * $
% * $
%

!(#,--.-6 -
!(#,--.-6 -
"

"

% %
(C 5

>C /
&

* % B
'
& & B
#$ %
) "
"!#*
1 -
) "
*
>

C D
I
>
&

I
JJ 9C >.8
)
JJ C +%9

'() *+) ,-)
(&
6 -
FB.
. , 6 8

'
$ , 6 8
9 &
' > +

& C 1 ) C9-
(

'

( (

%
A
(& ( ((
1
4 14&

A

D

&& $ '
% A

A

'
'$ &
1
4 14&

' %
+3$
'
& A &

(&
C
& &

'
'
B
FB.
.C" % &

&
&&
B$

'
$C

% &

%
9 &
' C" % &

%

'
9

*+)
)
&
.

$
7* - 7*
) B

&
'
1
&&

&
$'

%

%

(

%
*
D
&
&

) '

C J
$J
(% 0
C
$
$

$ %
0 /
$ % $ %
) "
"!#*
1 -96 +9
) "
*
> 9- 9+

& C 1 ) C89-
(

'

( (

%
A
(& ( ((
1
4 14&

A

D

&& $ '
% A

'
&
&

I

' BJ & '
'

%

;
$
$
' &

&
*
% B
:

*+)
) "
"!#*
1 -

) "
*
> -

!
B
&& %
%

%
' &
& $ & 0 %A
.

&

&

% $ '
% 0
9

D
E

1

0

' %
B

&
1 '

% &

% D
' &

'% &

B
.
)
% '

5 '

1'
B
(
B
%
' %
$
<
% &

F % $
&

&
'

'

&
%
% (
& B

&

'
%
&D
EB
$%
%

D
E

.&
$

&

%
D
E

D

% 0
&

& "

'
%

0 D
'

'
&

5

D
&
&
%
&
&

&

!&

% &&
&
$ <5 ;

'
'

& C 1 ) C-9-
(

'

( (

%
A
(& ( ((
1
4 14&

A

D

&& $ '
% A

1
$

!"
# $

!"

!

!

%

$
!

9 5
(
#

? !
2
$ 5
(
#

##
$
#
% % !) % #

# !0

6:# &'()'* !

&'()'*) ( $!+
,& '
-
.
/
0)1.1 2 3+!#

4
#
$ #

#
5
67
. )
80 $ #
9 8: !1
$
+

#1 ;
#"9'.2/

2 +
#1 ;
#"9'.2/

"9'.2/
/!<
/

=
$ #
!
1
#
$% $%
: !

-
>21
-
>27
-
>2.4 $

( #
)#
$ !

9

" 9/"

)
%$
")' @ FG
,
$ ,0@A ")'<
36<+
.
")'@3E9
A/
! ? B
'/60)B-
*
0)821
@ B
/1(C)/93)/1D9 -
*

'/680 "8B3+B80
@ B
'/6/ ,CBE<+6E @ B

# 5 @) % < 2 5B+
)

$
!
) )

%
H
)# ) ))
1
, 1,#

!.

=

## $
% !H
!

'/6*
*
/ 1/
$
1 3 B

$ #
#

%H
$

!
1 $#
; !
,

51

=
2 #
/
I #
!

!
# ? + 6 J

4 # ? < 6 @ J

!@ 6 @! KB
C

# ?
#
#

$
!
) ##

$ $ #
!( #
1
, 1,#

#

=

## !

% :
# % # #

!

" #
/
# /
% /
%

")'E6@!!
")'E6@!!

% %
)5 0
!
C5 (
#

!/ % ?
$
# # ? !
(
5 9% !/ % ?
$ # # ? !

# 5 @) % < 2 5B+
)

$
!
) )

%
H
)# ) ))
1
, 1,#

!.

=

## $
% !H
!

$!% &
-
>2/
1
-
>2/
C
!

5 =
&
! B =
&
!@
=
&
!@ 0)1

!
'!

&
PP B5 6E
2
PP 5 +%B
'!
&
PP 5 6E-72B!6!E

2
PP 5 !%B-72B!%B

!!
() *+) ,-) .+)
)#
@ @ !+
4?6
6 3

$
3
B #
$ 3
.
;
$
$ #
1
, 1,#

!

$ %
<+G
$
# . #

!
)#
5
# #

$
$
? !
4?6
659 % #

#
##
?

!

$
5

% #
;
% !
B #
$ 59 % #

% ;

$
B !

# 5 @) % < 2 5B+
)

$
!
) )

%
H
)# ) ))
1
, 1,#

!.

=

## $
% !H
!

/

,-) .+)
2
# !+ +

A/ A/
2 ?
;!
!

#
$
!1
##
!

;

#
$

%

%

!)
;
%
!/
=
#
#

!
2 $

5
;P
;
;

!!% &

1 0
% & % &
-
>2/
1 !++B<! +B
-
>2/
C !+B!< B
$
#
#

!&

$ ?P # $
$

!
!

%

!*

$ #

#
!/
% ?
!-
!
,-)
-
>2/
1 <

-
>2/
C <

"
?
## %
%

! %
$ #
# # : %H
6
!

# 5 @) % < 2 5B+
)

$
!
) )

%
H
)# ) ))
1
, 1,#

!.

=

## $
% !H
!

#

#

!

% ; $
% :
;B

=
I

!1

:

! $ %
?

#
!1 $

% #

% =
$ #

$% #

?!

2
% $

!0 $

!

!1$
?
!)
?
%
$ %

!8
% #

!

4 %
#

#
$

$

#
%
% !)
# ? ;

!

#

$
%
#=
I?
%
%

; !=
I

6#

#

%
=
I

!=

% :
#

#!9

$
%

: !=
$

$
#
!
0

=
#
#
%
#
#

#
!
"#

% ##
#
8 0 *

$
$!

# 5 @) % < 2 5+B+
)

$
!
) )

%
H
)# ) ))
1
, 1,#

!.

=

## $
% !H
!

."

!"

#$% " !
&'(
&)*

!* " !
&'+&)$ "! ! "
* !
" "

",
$-./0 , " *"# ! ! ,, " 1!"

! ,
,
$2! * ,
""
"" " "*
#
! ! !* " $

3"
4
#
""

"

,
"!",
" # " !" "
#
""

"

" $2! * ,
"!
! !", $

! ! # #" " -./0

2
*
! %29+++ + 56
7
78& %29:+ ;+
)
%29+A0@
:&'
! $ D#
9';82<
#=
# 82>3.
( ++#
'.-?2'@A2'.B@"! +<
#=
#
9';>8 %>A>8
" +#
9';' 7?+0:;0%29:0; ++#
9';=
" =
" ' ."'
"
. +:+#
"
,
",
""
! "
! !*C
# "
#

!"$
. ,
" $
7
"
4.
"#
E
!3 ",
" '
#F ,
$

", D ; H

G , D ; + H

" " #" $+ ; +$ I

,! 4 (@": 3# 4
2 ! "

"
!! $
2 2"

* "
C!
2, 2 22
.
7! .7,
" "
! $)
"
!" "
E
!
,,
!" * $C
!$

!" #

!* 1! "
! !", * "," ,"

$
9 ! ",
" !#

""

"

" "
"
!", " "
$

!
'"*
2 %29:; 2J%29:;
2 !", *
" .*" * #

*"
; *" !", "
, !#"

;

"*
,*"
" *"
*"
" " ! *
"
"
!",
"
#!"!", "
, $

,"
!", $
.! ! !", *
" .*" * #

*"
; *" !", "
, !#"

;

"*
,*"
" *"
*"
" " ! *
"
"
!",
"
#!"!", "
, $

,"
!", $
7 !", * " /# *"!* #!#
;
" "
!#!"
, $ *" #
"
!# "$
2
" " "

"# 2J%29:;
N
" "$
'
!", ' "! #
* ' "! #
*

#%290((;($$(
#%290((;($$(
"

"
"
! * *
2"4 8 " "$

?"!4 -
,
" "
# " $'" ! * D

, ", D $
# $ %
>
<-'
. $ "
>
<-'
? "

,! 4 (@": 3# 4
2 ! "

"
!! $
2 2"

* "
C!
2, 2 22
.
7! .7,
" "
! $)
"
!" "
E
!
,,
!" * $C
!$

$

"4 E
! "M
$+
&

M
NN 4 A;
3" !"
NN ! 4 *"

'-) '() *+) ,-) '--)
2!",
!" ( +
GD;
;" (
"

"
! (
" !" ,
" " ( A +
)
" !
"
# "" , "
.
7! .7,
" "
! $
"#!"# " " ! "

"
" !" " ! *
:6
"#
, )"# ,
" "
! $
2!",
!"4
,"# # " !" ,# "

"
""
D $
GD;
;"4@ ! * ,
"
#
"
" ,
",,
! " "D
"
"
" # $
"

"
! 4 "

" * ,
"
* $
" !" ,

" " 4@ ! * ,
"
#* "

"
! $
.

*+)
%!

3
, (
- ! # " " !" $

,! 4 (@": 3# 4+
2 ! "

"
!! $
2 2"

* "
C!
2, 2 22
.
7! .7,
" "
! $)
"
!" "
E
!
,,
!" * $C
!$

"
" &' ;
" !" "

"

,"
"
" $. "
" !,, "
" !" $

#
!
!"
,
# "
!" "

* !

*
"
! $2
"
*
$'
E
!,
" ,
"

$
3"
!
4
"#N
" "
2!* 1!
4

"
# %
0 /
# % # %
>
<-'
. $+
>
<-'
? $ +

! ,
",
"

!"$M

" DN ,
! "
!

" #!
$

"
! ! *
"
"
" #!
$=
""

,"

!"
, #
$'
" ! * D #
$<
" $
*+)
>
<-'
. (

>
<-'
? (

%
"D
" ,, *
" "*
#
$ *
! ,
, " , " 1! !*C
" ;
$

,! 4 (@": 3# 4(
2 ! "

"
!! $
2 2"

* "
C!
2, 2 22
.
7! .7,
" "
! $)
"
!" "
E
!
,,
!" * $C
!$

"
! ,
""
,
!
$
"
"
"* " "
* 1!
"
#
""
"#
E
!F

!
$.
"
"
"! "
" "
"

1! !#
"
! $#! # *
!"" D
#
, "
! $.!##

!

* ,
""
"
* E
!" " ,
""
* ,
"
#

"D$

3
* " " !
"

"$8 ! "

$

" $.
D
$2#
D
! * "
! *
"
"$>
!* ,! "

!# $
$
G * "
! " " ,
"! " "
" ,
!# #

!""

,"
*
* $2!"
! , D

!# "#$

,
"

! #
*
,E
!FD
# *
*
"
" #
" " $E
!F"
! "
" ;, #
!"
! "
,
! ! "

*
E
!F
"
$E
!
#!" #*! 1!
, "
!
,$@
""
! "
*
" "

" 1!" $E
!" "
"#
# #
! ,!" "
$
8 "
!
! E
!,
" ,#!
# "! *
, "
! ,
" "
,
" $
%, "

* ,, " #!# !
,
! >#8 =#

"
" $

,! 4 (@": 3# 4
2 ! "

"
!! $
2 2"

* "
C!
2, 2 22
.
7! .7,
" "
! $)
"
!" "
E
!
,,
!" * $C
!$

4 "
'

!" !"#
"#
#$% & !"#' "#
!
# "
! $%
&
"

" (!"
&))*+ ' %),
-./$% "
' 0
""

"

"
&

# $% " !

/1+12$
3 ! " "
" '"
$)! 3 &
" "
" " " "3

!3 "
$ "
!
4)5/ %%! $

*"
' 9
)! 3 &
" "! !" #
3 0

#
""
' '"
+/%
"+/5%),
-.$7
&
"
&&
" '"
" & "
" 3"# 3!##
(! $) # " "&
"
# " 0 !"3 " (!" $

*" .(!&
#
" 6,7),85./7 '$/) ! 3 &
" 0 "
" 0
!"

&&
" '"
3
1+$
3 ! &
"
&&
&&"
$
4
" & "
'3 '3
" (! $

#"

)
3'
! ,++45

#" 6
$ FG
:
' :;1 %),< .</
2
%),<-5
1+
! $/ C#=
,+.;)=>
#8
# ;)?*4
<#=
+47@)+5)+4A5"! <>
#8
#
,+.?; %?=/=?;
" #=
,+.+ :@=<-/.- #=
,+.8
" 8
" + 4"+
"'
4 /#=
"
' &
"&
" "
! "
! !3B
# '"
#

!"$
4 '&
"0 $
:
"
94
"#
D
!* "&
" +
#E &
$

&! 9 <) 3 " *# 9=/
) ! "

" '
!! $
) )"

3 "
B!
)& ) ))
4
:! 4:&
" "
! $2
"
!" "
D
!
&& '
!" 3 $B
!$

"& C / . - I
H & C . / I

" " #" $ . N=

!" #

!3 (! "
! !"& 3 "&" &"

$
!

! "
+"3
)O%),/. !"& )O%),/. !"&
"
& 2
5 !:%),/<. "
& 2
5 !:%),/<.

"
! 3 3
) "9 ; " "

"" "$
@"!9 7
&
" "
#" $+" ! 3 C
'
& "& C $%
" "
'
#
& '
!
!
""#!"#
"
$
# $! %
7 +
4 - "
D
!O+
@ $ "
+

4(!+

@"! $+

4! 3 C 3 &
" ! $*
!"
!

(!!"# 0#$) "! ! &" "
!#
' $

&! 9 <) 3 " *# 9=/
) ! "

" '
!! $
) )"

3 "
B!
)& ) ))
4
:! 4:&
" "
! $2
"
!" "
D
!
&& '
!" 3 $B
!$

"9 D
! "6
$ = D
! "6
$/
#0$9 / G
D
! "6
$9&
"& '
"

D
! "6
$/9&
"
'
"

&

6
=9 .
*" !"
!9 3"=

! '( )*( +,( -*(
)!"&
!" < / <
HC.
." $/ / < /
"

' "
! < $/
" =!" &
" "' < $/
2
"0!
' "
# "'" & "
4
:! 4:&
" "
! $
"#!"#

' "
# "'&
"
"# " !"
! "
"
" !" " ' ! 7>G!"#
!"# ' "#
&
2"# &
" "
! $># "7>" !"# $
4
3
G7>!"#3 " " $D
!OQ>43 !
! !"#$
4 " ' ! 3 " 3!
&
" " "#

#
"3
# "

# "$
)!"&
!"9
&"# # " !" &# "

' "
"" '
C $
HC.
."95! 3 &
"
#
"
"&
"&&
! " "C
"
"
" # $
"

' "
!9 "

" 3 &
" 0
3 $
" =!" &

" "' 95! 3 &
"
#3 " 0

'"
= !$
.

+,(
*
&

&! 9 <) 3 " *# 9<=/
) ! "

" '
!! $
) )"

3 "
B!
)& ) ))
4
:! 4:&
" "
! $2
"
!" "
D
!
&& '
!" 3 $B
!$

/

"
" 1+ / 1+
"
! C " !"
&/1+12&
"
# " "
$4
!
!
" !" 3
' 1+/12
' "&&
# " "&
"
&
"#

#$
* C " !" !"

0$
!"$
" !" "
"

& "
' "
" $4 "
" !&& "
" !" $
!

#
! 0
!"
&
# '"
! " "

3 !

3
"
! $)
0 "
3
$+
D
!&
" &
"

$
)!3 (!
9
0
"
$ %
1 0
$ % $ %
7 +
4 -
D
!O+
@ $
'
! &
"&
"

!"$6

'" C & '
! '"
!

" #!
$

"
! ! 3
"
"
" #!
$8
""

' &"

!"
& #
$+
"! 3 C #
$>
" $
+,(
7 +
4

D
!O+
@

%
"C
" && 3
" "3
#
$ 3
' ! &
& " & " (! !3B
" .
$

&! 9 <) 3 " *# 9=/
) ! "

" '
!! $
) )"

3 "
B!
)& ) ))
4
:! 4:&
" "
! $2
"
!" "
D
!
&& '
!" 3 $B
!$

"
! &
" "
&
!
$
"
"
"3 " 0 " '
3 (!
0= "
#
""
"#
D
!E

!
$4
"
"
"! "
" "
"

(! !#
"
! $#! #' 3
!"" C
#
& "
! $4!## '

!

3 &
""
"
3 D
!" " ' &
" "
'3 &
"
#

"C$
/
*
3 "' " !
"

"$; ! " '

$

" $4'
C
$) #
C
! 3 "
' ! 3
"
"$?
!3 &! "

!# $

H 3 "
! "" &
"! " "
" &
!#' #

!"'"

&"
3
3 $)! "
! & C 0

!# "#$

&
"

! #'
3
&D
!EC
# 3
3
"
" #
" 0 " $D
!E "
! "
" .& #
! "

! "
&
! ! "

3
D
!E
"
$D
!
#!" #3! (!
& "
!
&$5
" "
! '"
3
" "

" (!" $D
!" "'
"#
# #'
! &!" "
$
; "
!
! D
!&
" &#!
# "! 3
& "
! &
" "
&
" $
%& "

3 && " #!# !
&
! ?#; 8#

' "
" '$

&! 9 <) 3 " *# 9/=/
) ! "

" '
!! $
) )"

3 "
B!
)& ) ))
4
:! 4:&
" "
! $2
"
!" "
D
!
&& '
!" 3 $B
!$

)
'

!"#$$%

&

'
( % &

%

' %

-
' .

( % &

& /
&

&
& * %

(
' , )
/ &
(&
'

)

'
%
&

*

+

*
&& &

&

(
%'
(4 " 01
2
' 23!"# (45 "6>
@
(4!<,
<#$
A8
4$63(89
:
3(;-)
>>8
$)/;($,""<($)=, 9
:

4$6;3 ;""8<>8;3
58
4$6$ 2;85>6""(45"6 >>8

' &
&

%?
'

2

.)

B
- &
$
C &

+
.9

%
&

9
* '

*

%

& . ,"5 - .8>
(

'

( (

%
?
* (& ( ((
)
2 )2&

@

B

&& '
* % ***?

& A " 6 " E

D & A >" 6 "" E

" 6 " F8

! 6 F8A

% L
& % & &

$%
(G(45>"6 (G(45>"6
( $ &

& $ &
&

(G(45>"6

(G(45>"6
@ 2(45>"6 @ 2(45>"6
) & %
%' %
((-$6
% *
6 %' (-8+)$;+
!

%
&%

%'

&

'

&
&
2' & % K % %
6
*

& %' '

'
$
& $
% $
%

(46!
(46!
!
!

% %
(. 3

; . /
&

$ % A
'
& & A

& . ,"5 - .8>
(

'

( (

%
?
* (& ( ((
)
2 )2&

@

B

&& '
* % ***?

"
( A

. B
+
<
#

+
MM 8""". >6<
-
MM . ""%8>"

$% &'% ()% *'%
( &
> " > "
DA6
6

'
!
@
N
'
' &
)
2 )2&

' %
*5>1
'
& @ &

@ (
' &'
&&
* ' %
'
%
""#$&

N

( &
.
&* * &

'
'
A
DA6
6., % &

&
&&*
A

'
.

% &
N
%
+

!" #$ 6

&
'
)
&&

& . ,"5 - .8>
(

'

( (

%
?
* (& ( ((
)
2 )2&

@

B

&& '
* % ***?

N

&
'

%

%
*
(
N
*%
*$
B
&
&

- '

. M

( % L
.

, -
/ .
, - , -
(
' , > >
'
&
&

+

' AM & '
'

%

*

:

*
' *&

&
$
% A
9
*
()%
(
' ,

A
&& %
%

%
' &
& & L %?
6

&

&

% N '
% L
N8

B
C

)

L *

' %
A
*
&
) '

% &
*

% B
' &

'% &

*
A
+
-
% '

3 * '

)'
A
(
A
%
' * %

* ;
% * & * *

& . ,"5 - .8>
(

'

( (

%
?
* (& ( ((
)
2 )2&

@

B

&& '
* % ***?

D %
&

&
'

'

&
%
% (
& A* N

*

&

'
%
&B
CA
* %
%

N B
C

6&

&

%
B
C

B

% L
&

&,

'
%

*
L B
'

' *
&

3
*
B
&
&
%
&
&

&

&

% * &&
&
;3 :

'
* '

& . ,"5 - .>8>
(

'

( (

%
?
* (& ( ((
)
2 )2&

@

B

&& '
* % ***?

;!
(

!

"$% !&
! "
"&
!
$% ! &
! "&' &
!!
( &!
! ! $) " &
!
! !
!& ! !

&
! ! $*!
(
" "!

(!
"
!!
( $+& ! !
&

!"

! ! (!
$) & &
!!
!! ! !&
"
" !& $
% & &, !
!& ! ! $

6 !5
*!! " &
! ! !$) & &
! !&

!& !
! " !&&! $

-
& ! .)/*! $0!!"
2! ! !2(3") 45% 4
6!2 7
9
;
! & !
(& (&
! = $

9
:
9
:;
< & !
! )&
! (! $

!"
&

!

!

$
&
&
%
)
&(
%)7444 :A >?
6
( 6@/AB %)7:4 "
4CA
2
%)74/F
4B+
$ '"D
7+C@)D9
"E
" @)3*;
A"D
+;<.)+FAA)+;GF! 49
"E
"
7+C3@ %3AADD3@
! "D
7+C+ 6.D4:CAA%)7:AC :A"D
7+CE
! E
! + ;!+
!(
; "D
"#$%&&
%
)
&(
%)7444 A >?
2
%)74/F
4B+

& 5 A;!A: *" 5D
) !

! (
$
) )!

& !
H
)& ) ))
;
6 ;6&
! !
$2
!
! !
9

&& (
! & $H
$

$ '"D

7+C@)D9
"E
" @)3*;
"D
+;<.)+FAA)+;GF! 49
"E
"
7+C3@ %3AADD3@
! "D
7+C+ 6.D4:CAA%)7:AC A"D
7+CE
! E
! + ;!+
!(
; "D
!
( &
!&
!!
!
&H
" (!
"

!$
; (&
! $
6
!
5;
!"
9
* !&
! +
"I &
$
'
(
$
&
&
%
!& ' AA C 4A J

0 & ' A C A J

! ! "! C $4 KD
"#$%&&
%
!& ' AA C 4AA J

0 & ' : C 4A J

! ! "! 4$ C $4 KD

! "

& = !
!& & !&! &!

$
7 !&
! "

!!

!

! !
( !
!& ! !
$

) &
+!&
) %)7:AC )%)7:AC
)
! + ! "
)%)7:AC
! !%)7C/$
+
!& + ! "
& + ! "
&

"%)7C/$$
"%)7C/$$

!
& &

& 5 A;!A: *" 5D
) !

! (
$
) )!

& !
H
)& ) ))
;
6 ;6&
! !
$2
!
! !
9

&& (
! & $H
$

)!5 @ ! !$

.! 5 <
&
! !
"! $+! & '
(
& !& ' $
*(+ ,
$
&
&
%
9
:62+
; / !
9
:) !+
. !
"#$%&&
%
9
:62+
; !
9
:0 !"! +
. !
! (

!5 9
!2
$
(

2
,, DAAA5 C
*! !
,, 5 AA&!DAA
((
4/. -. /. 0-. 12. 3-.
$
&
&
%
) !&
! :
0'C
C! A
!

( !
A
! D ! &
! !(
"#$%&&
%
) !&
! : / 4$
0'C
C! :A / / /
!

( !
:A / / /
! D ! &
! !( 4
2
!
( !
" !(! & !
;
6 ;6&
! !
$
!" !" ! ! !

!
! ! ! ( &
:?
( !"
& 2!" &
! !
$
) !&
!5
&!" " ! ! &" !

( !
!! (
' $
0'C
C!5F & &
!
"
!
!&
!&&
! !'
!
!
!" $
!

( !
5 !

! & &
!
& $

& 5 A;!A: *" 54D
) !

! (
$
) )!

& !
H
)& ) ))
;
6 ;6&
! !
$2
!
! !
9

&& (
! & $H
$

! D ! &
! !( 5F & &
!
"& !

(!
D $
#

0-. 12. 3-.
$
&
&
%
%
A
*
&
"#$%&&
%
*
&
5

'
!
! A B+ C
% ! ! A B+ /A B+
* ' ! ! !
$
!$
! ! !
!

&!
( !
! $; !
! && !
! ! $
2

"& !
(!
!
! ! "
&
! !

! ! $9 ! & &

" $%&
!
& !
" ( ! ! $

"

!
&
" (!
! !

&

&
!
$)
!
&
$+
9
&
! &
!

$
*! (

5

! !
!",
! !,

!",
) & =
5
!
!(

'((+ ,
7 6
+ , + ,
9
:62+
; / A
9
:) !+
. $ 4
9
:0 !"! +
.
(
&
!&
!

!$2

(! ', & (
(!

! "
$

& 5 A;!A: *" 5D
) !

! (
$
) )!

& !
H
)& ) ))
;
6 ;6&
! !
$2
!
! !
9

&& (
! & $H
$

(
!
&
!
!
! "
$E
!!

( &!

!
& "
$+
! & ' "
$9
! $
12.
9
:62+
; :

9
:) !+
. :

9
:0 !"! +
. 4/

%
!'
! && &
! !&
"
$ &
( &
& ! & ! = &H
! C
$

!
&
!!
&

$
!
!
!& ! ! (
& =
D !
"
!!
!"
9
I

$;
!
!
! !
! !
!

= "
!
$" "( &
!! '
"
& !
$; "" (

& &
!!
!
& 9
! ! ( &
!!
(& &
!
"

!'$
5
*
& !( !
!

!$@ ! (

$

! $;(
'
$)"
'
& !
( &
!
!$3
& & !

" $

0 & !
!! &
! ! !
! &
"( "

!(!

&!
&
& $) !
& '

" !"$

&
!

"(
&
&9
I'
" &
&
!
! "
! ! $9
I!
!
! C& "
!

!
&
!

&
9
I
!
$9

" ! "& =
& !

&$F
!!
(!
&
! !

! = ! $9
! !(
!"
" "(
& ! !
$
@ !

9
&
! &"
" ! &
& !
&
! !
&
! $
%& !

& && ! " "
&
3"@ E"

( !
! ($

& 5 A;!A: *" 5D
) !

! (
$
) )!

& !
H
)& ) ))
;
6 ;6&
! !
$2
!
! !
9

&& (
! & $H
$

5!
,

!
!

"# ! $
%&'(
&)*

$* ! $
%&'%%&)"'* $ ! !+

!

! ,!
".$ *
!!
!! ! !*
+, +
$$$* ! ".$ *
! ! $! !!
!
+" "./0&'
%&'.&)
(
&)+$
$ $! "
!
$ ! $
!1$
! ,
!!

$ !$
'2#"
#
!!
!
!!

!

*

$!
!$
$ .
!
"

3!
, 4

!!

!

!$!
! , ! $! ! !

!!

! "3! $!$
!$ $ !$
".$ *
!$
$
$! "

+! + ! +$$

.
*,
$ #.7 ?% DE
6
, 620%& #.7( %.
)
#.70?/>
(&'
$ " 8
7'.2.89
:
2.;35
?%8
'5<>.'>%%?+.'5@>!$ +9
:

7'.;2 #;%%8?8;2
! (8
!
,
!
!!
$ !
$ +$*A
,!

$!"
5 ,
! "
6
!
45
!
B
$3 !
! '
C
"

! % . %% H

F %% . %% H

! ! ! . " I8

$ 4 7
* !%( 3 48
. $ !

! ,
$$ "
. .!

* !
A$
. . ..
5
6$ 56
! !
$ ")
!
$! !
B
$
+ ,
$! * "A
$"

$!

$* 1$ !
$ $! * +!! !

"

! "
'!*
. #.7(%. ! $!
.J#.7(%.

%&'
. $! *
! 5*!, *
,
*!
. *!, $! !
$
.

!*
*!
! *!, $ *

*!,
! ! , !$!$!
!
$!
!
, !
"

!
$! "
5$$ $! *
! 5*!, *
,
*!
. *!, $! !
$
.

!*
*!
! *!, $ *

*!,
! ! , !$!$!
!
$!
!
, !
"

!
$! "
6, $! * +! M *!$* $
.
! !
$$!
" *!, , +
!
$ , !"
.
! !+ !
,
! .J#.7(%.
N
! !"
'
$! ' +!$
* ' +!$
*

#.7/.0""
#.7/.0""
#

#
!
$ * *
.!4 2 ! !"

>!$4 <

! !
! "'! $ *
,
! "
$% & '
B
%'
5 !
B
%'
> !

$ 4 7
* !%( 3 48
. $ !

! ,
$$ "
. .!

* !
A$
. . ..
5
6$ 56
! !
$ ")
!
$! !
B
$
+ ,
$! * "A
$"

&

!4 B
$ !M
"
(

M
NN 8%%%4 /.
3! $!
NN $4 %*!8%%

)* )* +* ,*
.$!
$! 0 " "
F .
.! ? "
!

, !
+$ 0 " "
)
!$
, !
!,+! !
5
6$ 56
! !
$ "
!$! ! ! $ !

!
! $! ! , $ *
(E+
, !
)!
! !
$ "
.$!
$!4
! ! $! !

, !
!! ,
"
F .
.!4>$ *
!

!
!
!
$ ! ! +
!
!
! "
!

, !
+$4 !

! *
!
* "
-

+*
#$
%
3

< $ ! ! $! "
.

!+
! % &' %% &'
3 ! $! $!
"
$!"
! $! !
!

!
, !
! "5 !
! $ !
! $! "

$ 4 7
* !%( 3 48
. $ !

! ,
$$ "
. .!

* !
A$
. . ..
5
6$ 56
! !
$ ")
!
$! !
B
$
+ ,
$! * "A
$"

$
$!

+,!
$! !

* $

*
!
$ ".
!
*
"'
B
$
!
!

"
3! ,
$
4
!N
.$* 1$
4 !
!

+
!/
/>$ ! %&'0&)
% '

1 0
% ' % '
B
%'
5 %
B
%'
>
,
$
!
!

$!"M

,! N ,
$ ,!
$

! $
"

!
$ $ *
!
!
! $
":
!!+
+
, !

$!

"'
!$ *
"9
! "
+*
B
%'
5

B
%'
>

#
!
! *
! !*

" *
, $
+ ! ! 1$ $*A
! .
"

!
$
!!

$
"
!
!
!* ! + ! ,
* 1$
8 !

!!
!
B
$C

$
"5
!
!
!$ !
! !
!

1$ $
!
$ "$ , *
$!!

!
$ "5$ ,

$

*
!!
!
* B
$! ! ,
!!
,*
!

! "
.
3
* !, ! $
!

!"2 $ ! ,

"

! "5,

".

$ * !
, $ *
!+
!";
$* $ !

$ "

$ 4 7
* !%( 3 48
. $ !

! ,
$$ "
. .!

* !
A$
. . ..
5
6$ 56
! !
$ ")
!
$! !
B
$
+ ,
$! * "A
$"

&
F * +!
$ !!
!$ ! !
!
$,

$!,!

!
*
* ".$!
$

$ !"

!

$ ,
*
B
$C
+*
*
!
!
! ! "B
$C!
$ !
! .
$+!
$ !

$ $ !

*
B
$C
!
"B
$
$! *$ 1$
!
$
">
!!
$ ,!
*
! !

! 1$! "B
$! !,
!
,
$ $! !
"
2 !
$
$ B
$
! $
!$ *
!
$
! !

! "
# !

* ! $ $

$ + ;2 :

, !
! ,"

$ 4 7
* !%( 3 48
. $ !

! ,
$$ "
. .!

* !
A$
. . ..
5
6$ 56
! !
$ ")
!
$! !
B
$
+ ,
$! * "A
$"

,#

!

! ##

$%& $ '$
!# %() # #! #!

#*
!
#!! #
#
! %+# ) *
##
## # #)
$
#
#) # %

5#
6
+ $ #$*
#
**
#

# )## ' # !

#$ #$# ##
#
# )#*# # #$!# '%()
# # ## %
$ #$
#
$ ! # ## #
# %7 * #

5#
5#
# 7 8 %

,#

-. * + #/01# 2*
##
, 3144
*#
,
# * #
!) )
# 9# %

$ $# $ # #

+
)
#! &+< : FG
2
2-:0; &+</ ! 01
3
&+<:@
/;(
# %: '$
<(1-+=
$.
$ -+>5,!
4 $
(,7?+(@00+(,A@## =
$.
$
<(1>- &>00>-
# $
<(1( 2?/100 $
<(1.
# .
# ( ,#(
#
, $
#
*
#*
##
# #
# #)B
$ #
$

##%
, *
#! %
2
#
6,
#$
D
#5 #*
#! (
$E *
%

*# 6 <
) #0/ 5$ 6
+ # #

#
## %
+ +#
!!
) #
B#
+* + ++
,
2# ,2*
# #
# %3
#
## #
D
#
**
## ) %B
#%
!

#*! ' 00 1 00 H!

G *! ' :0 1 0 H!

# # $# :% 1 % !I

## $

#) 9# #
# ##* ) #*# *#
!

!
%

(#)
+J&+</01 +J&+</01
(
##* ( ##!$
! ) ( ##!$
! )

$&+<4414:%%4
$&+<4414:%%4
+ ##* )
#! ,)# ) $

)#
1! )# ##* #
* #$
1!

#)
*)# !
# )# ! # )

)#
!# # #$####*
#
##*
# !
#
* %

*#
! ##* %
2 ##* ) # 8$ )##) $#$
1
# #
#$##
* % ! )# $
#
#$ #%
(
# #)# ) $
++5(1 #)# ) $
++5(1
+5N,(>N
%:% +5N,(>N
%:%
< !#! #*
#! #$

##

#

# !#
#
!! ##* # #
%

#
# ) )
+#6 - # #%

?##6 7
!! *
# #
$!# %(# !# ) '

* #*! ' %
7
#6 7
#

) # *
#
#
! %

*# 6 <
) #0/ 5$ 6
+ # #

#
## %
+ +#
!!
) #
B#
+* + ++
,
2# ,2*
# #
# %3
#
## #
D
#
**
## ) %B
#%
!

!" #
'$##+
#$ (
!, :% #
'$##+
#$ (
!? #

#6 D
# #N
%
$

N
OO 0006 1
5# ##
OO !!#!6 0)#00

%&' %(' )*' *&' +&'
+##*
## 4
G'1
1# 4 0 0 / 4
#

#
!!#! 4 0 0 4
# ## *
# # 4 4
3
#!!#!
#
$ ## * #
,
2# ,2*
# #
# %
#$##$ ! # #! # #

#
! # ## # #! )
/G
#$
* 3#$ *
# #
# %
+##*
##6
*#$ $ # ## *$ #

!#
##
' %
G'1
1#6@!#! ! ) *
#
$
#
#!*
#**
# #! !#'
!#
#
#!$ %
#

#
!!#!6 #
!!
# ! ) *
#
) %
# ## *
# # 6@!#! ! ) *
#
$) #!

#
! ! #!%
,

)*'
&#
! 0!
5
* 4

*# 6 <
) #0/ 5$ 6
+ # #

#
## %
+ +#
!!
) #
B#
+* + ++
,
2# ,2*
# #
# %3
#
## #
D
#
**
## ) %B
#%
!

-

# !
# 00 ;( 00 ;(
&!! # # ;( ;(
&!! # ##
0 ;( 0 ;(
3## ## *

#!
) *
#5#
5#
# 7 8 )
D
#E )
#

##
D
#
** %
5 ' ! # ## ##
!%
##%
! # ## #
#

*#
#
# %, #
# !#** #
! # ## %
N

$ ) #
#
#!! #
! # ## $
* !
#!! #

# #! %= # *# )

$ !%&*
# #
* ! ##
$ ! !# # %

$
#
##
*
$ !#
##! #

) #

!)
#
# %+
! ! #
)
%(
D
#*
# * !
#
!!
%
5#
#
6

+#) 9#
6

'$##=
$5#! #) # !
###

*#
! ) '
$
!%
" #

/ .
" # " #
'$##+
#$ (
!, :% 0
'$##+
#$ (
!? %

#! *
#*
#!

##%N

# 'O *
#! #
#

# $#
%

#
# !# )
#
#
# $#
%.
##

*#
!
##
* $
%(
#!# ) ' $
%=
# %
)*'
'$##+
#$ (
!, 4 !

'$##+
#$ (
!? 4 !

*# 6 <
) #0/ 5$ 64
+ # #

#
## %
+ +#
!!
) #
B#
+* + ++
,
2# ,2*
# #
# %3
#
## #
D
#
**
## ) %B
#%
!

&
! !#'
!! # ** )
# #)
$
% )
!!#! *
* # * # 9# #)B
# 1
%

#
# *
##
*
#
%
#
#
#) # #
) 9#!
! #
$
##
#$
D
#E

#!
%,
#
#
## #
# #
#

9#! #$
#
# %$# $ )
### '
$
* #
# %,#$$

#

) *
# #
#
) D
## # *
##
) *
#
!! $

#'%
-
5
) # # #
#

#%- # #

%

#! %,
'
%+$
'
#!! ) # !
# )
#
#%>
#) *# #!

#$ !! %

G ) #
# #!#! *
## #! #
# *
#$! $

###

*#
!)
) %+##
# !* '

#$ #$%

*
#!

#! $
)
*D
#E'
$ )
)
#
# $
# # %D
#E#
# #
# !1* $
##
# #
*
# # #

)
D
#E
#
%D
#
$## $)# 9#
* #
#
*%@
##
# #
!) ! !
# #

!
# 9## ! %D
## #
#$
$ $
# *## #
%
- #
#
# D
#*
# *$#
$ ## )
* #
# *
# #
*
# %
&* #

) ** # $#$ #
*
#! >$- .$
!
#
# %

*# 6 <
) #0/ 5$ 6
+ # #

#
## %
+ +#
!!
) #
B#
+* + ++
,
2# ,2*
# #
# %3
#
## #
D
#
**
## ) %B
#%
!

R2
1
%

! "

!#$
"

%
!
& $ "

$

%

'$ !

& $ "

$

% %

% !
9
"

""
%
"
$ $ 0 !

(
"
% "

"
)
*+
, &
-. % "
/ -0 !1
%
2

"1
"3/455,6#

6 2
"1
"3/4,6#

3/455,6#
#!7
#

8
% "
!
1
"
%$ %$
0 !

&
$%
3&4>>> 2 :;
<
% <.5= 3&47> 5*>2
,
3&4>F/
2=#
!> G ?
4#*.&?@
A
.&-61
B BB5 ?
#19C&#/55&#1D/ >@
A

4#*-. 3-55?2?-.
B2 ?
4#*# <C?>F72*55F3&47F5* B2 ?
4#*A
A
# 1#
%
1 B25 ?

% "
"

$E
%

!
1 %"
!
<

)1

8
6 "
#
H "
!

" ) F/57 6 )?2
&

%
!
& &

$
E
&" & &&
1
< 1<"

!,

8

"" %
$ !E
!

R2

" G B5 * 5 I
( " G 75 * 5 I

!7 * 7!2 N?

$ 0
" $ " "

!

#$
& 3&4725* &O3&4725*
& " $

1$% $
%
$
* $% "
"
%
*

$
"$
$%
$%
$
%

"

% "
" !

"
" !
1 " $
1$% $
%
$
* $% "
"
%
*

$
"$
$%
$%
$
%

"

% "
" !

"
" !
<% " $ + $$
*

" ! $% %

% !
&

! 1$%
%
$
&3&4725*
"
5;
" " !
#
" #
$ #
$

3&4FBB*B!!B
3&4FBB*B!!B
#
/

2;! /B G !/

/
2;!6

" $$$ " $
"
$
!

$

%
!
4 "

%
"
!

" ) F/57 6 )?2
&

%
!
& &

$
E
&" & &&
1
< 1<"

!,

8

"" %
$ !E
!

R2

$ $
&) . !

C) 9
"

!# $ G
%
" " G !
!" #
6 6 #
1 B
6 #
C

) 8
M
!
$

M
'' ?555) 2*F
6
'' ) 25$?55

%&' ()' *&'
&"
>5
(G*
* B !2 >

%
7 B >
? "
% B >
,

%
% "
1
< 1<"

!

% $
72;
%
" , "

!
&"
)
" "

%
%
G !
(G*
*)/ $ "

"
""
G

!

%
)

$ "

$ !
? "
% )/ $ "

$

%
? !

" ) F/57 6 )>?2
&

%
!
& &

$
E
&" & &&
1
< 1<"

!,

8

"" %
$ !E
!

R2
+

()'
3
>5
6
" 7
,

5 =# B5 =#
3 25 =# 5 =#
6 G
!
!

"
%
!1
""
!
M

$
%

"

!@ " $

!3"

"
% !

"
%

$

$

!&

$
!#
8
"
"

!
6 %

)

'
'
&$ 0
)

" #
. -
" # " #
6 6 #
1 B? 2?5
6 #
C ?B ?2
%
"
"

!M

% G' " %
%

!

$

!A

% "

"
!#
$ G
!@
!

" ) F/57 6 )B?2
&

%
!
& &

$
E
&" & &&
1
< 1<"

!,

8

"" %
$ !E
!

R2
()'
6 6 #
1 B

6 #
C B7

3
G
"" $
$

! $
% "
" " 0 $E
*
!

"

"

!

$ %
$ 0
?

8
H

!1

0

! % $
G

"
!1 %

$ "

$ 8
% "

%$ "

G!
,
6
$ %

!. %

!

!1%
G
!&
G
$
% $

!-
$ "

!

( $
"

"
%

%

"
$
$ !&
" G

!

"

%
$
"8
HG
$
$

!8
H

*"

"

$
8
H

!8

$ 0
"

"!/

%
$

0 !8
%

%
"
!
.

8
"
"
$
"
"

"
!
3"

$ ""
"
- . A

%
%!

" ) F/57 6 )2?2
&

%
!
& &

$
E
&" & &&
1
< 1<"

!,

8

"" %
$ !E
!

<ATTACHMENT #5 : PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR SIGMA – 74 sheets>

PRODUCT DATA SHEET December 15, 2014 (Revision of May 01, 2013)
SIGMAWELD™ 165
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, moisture-curing, zinc (ethyl) silicate prefabrication primer
PRINCIPAL CHARACTERISTICS
• Suitable for automatic application on shot blasted steel plates
• Fast drying properties
• Good cutting and excellent welding properties, including MIG/MAG welding in various positions (either automatic or manual
welding)
• Provides corrosion protection up to 9 months, when applied at a DFT of 13 μm (0.5 mil) (depending on exposure conditions
and blasting profile)
• Can be used as a first coat in various paint systems
• Suitable for sea water immersion in combination with controlled cathodic protection systems
• Excellent thermal stability minimizes heat damage during hot work procedures
• No adherence of weldspatter at surrounding primed surface
• Approved by Lloyd's Register of Shipping for use as a prefabrication primer
COLOR AND GLOSS LEVEL

• Gray, reddish gray
• Flat
BASIC DATA AT 20°C (68°F)
Data for mixed product
Number of components Two

Mass density 1.4 kg/l (11.7 lb/US gal)
Volume solids 30 ± 2%
VOC (Supplied) Directive 1999/13/EC, SED: max. 428.0 g/kg
max. 645.0 g/l (approx. 5.4 lb/US gal)
Recommended dry film thickness 13 μm (0.5 mils)
Theoretical spreading rate 23.1 m²/l for 13 μm (962 ft²/US gal for 0.5 mils)
Dry to touch 6 minutes
Overcoating Interval Minimum: 3 days
Maximum: 9 months
Shelf life Binder: at least 9 months when stored cool and dry
Paste: at least 12 months when stored cool and dry
Notes:
- See ADDITIONAL DATA – Curing time
- Longer overcoating intervals can be permitted when the primer is still in sound condition
Ref. 7171 Page 1/5

SIGMAWELD™ 165
RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS AND TEMPERATURES
Substrate conditions
• On steel blasted to above profile, the recommended DFT of 13 μm (0.5 mil), corresponds to 15 μm (0.6 mil) as measured on
a smooth test panel
• Minimum thickness for a closed film is 13 μm (0.5 mil) measured on a smooth test panel
• Dust quantity rating "1 for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size classes to be removed if visible on the surface to
be coated without magnification (ISO 8502-3:1992)
Substrate temperature and application conditions

• Substrate temperature during application should not exceed 50°C (122°F)
• Substrate temperature during application should be at least 3°C (5°F) above dew point
• Relative humidity during curing should be above 50% and below 85%
SYSTEM SPECIFICATION
• PREFABRICATION PRIMERS – SYSTEM SHEET 3015
SECONDARY SURFACE PREPARATION

• During storage and construction, contamination of the prefabrication primer should be limited
• After fabrication, surface defects should be treated according to the scheme hereafter
• Where two possible surface treatments are indicated, the choice of treatment is dependent on the location and on the
system to be applied (see SYSTEM SHEETS)
• The preferred pre-treatment for optimal results is shown; other possibilities are indicated in brackets
Ref. 7171 Page 2/5

SIGMAWELD™ 165
Secondary surface preparation
Area Immersed exposure Atmospheric exposure

conditions conditions
Contamination To be removed or ISO to be removed
8501-3 grade P2
Weldseams ISO-Sa2½ (SPSS-Pt3) or SPSS-Pt2
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
Burned ISO-Sa2½ (SPSS-Pt3) or SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
Damaged corroded ISO-Sa2½ (SPSS-Pt3) or SPSS-Ss (SPSS-Pt2)
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
White rust SPSS-ID Pt2 (SCAP) or SPSS-ID Pt1 (SCAP)
ISO 8501-3 grade P2
Notes:
- Cleaning by silicon carbide impregnated abrasive pad
- Dust quantity rating "1" for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size classes to be removed if visible on the surface to be coated
without magnification (ISO 8502-3)
- The back of welded plate may show discoloration (especially on plate where fillets have been welded on, this is not to be confused with
burned areas and does not require special treatment
- Burned through areas may be present (this happens especially when welding thin steel) and these should then be treated as per 'burned
areas' above
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
Mixing ratio by volume: binder to paste 55:45

• The temperature of the mixture of binder and paste should preferably be above 15°C (59°F)
• Stir the paste thoroughly before adding the binder
• Gradually add one-third of the binder to the pigment paste
• Stir thoroughly until homogeneous
• Add remaining binder and continue stirring until the mixture is homogeneous
• Strain the mixture through a 30–60 mesh screen
• Mixed paint is ready for use
• Some addition of thinner (THINNER 90-53) might be necessary depending on routing, line speed and steel temperature
• Agitate continuously during application
Pot life
24 hours at 20°C (68°F)
Ref. 7171 Page 3/5

SIGMAWELD™ 165
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 90-53
Volume of thinner
0 - 35%, depending on required thickness and application conditions
Nozzle orifice
1.0 - 1.5 mm (approx. 0.040 - 0.060 in)
Nozzle pressure
0.3 MPa (approx. 3 Bar; 44 p.s.i.)
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 90-53
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.48 – 0.64 mm (0.019 – 0.025 in)
Nozzle pressure
8.0 - 12.0 MPa (approx. 80 - 120 bar; 1161 - 1741 p.s.i.)
Note: Depending on exact application conditions a different thinner may be required to ensure optimal application properties.
Consult the PPG Protective & Marine Coatings representative in your area when required.
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53
ADDITIONAL DATA
Curing time for DFT up to 13 μm (0.5 mil)
Substrate temperature Dry to touch
20°C (68°F) 6 minutes

Ref. 7171 Page 4/5

SIGMAWELD™ 165
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• For paint and recommended thinners see INFORMATION SHEETS 1430, 1431 and relevant Material Safety Data Sheets
• This is a solvent-borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist or vapor, as well as contact between
the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes
WORLDWIDE AVAILABILITY
It is always the aim of PPG Protective and Marine Coatings to supply the same product on a worldwide basis. However, slight
modification of the product is sometimes necessary to comply with local or national rules/circumstances. Under these
circumstances an alternative product data sheet is used.
REFERENCES
• CONVERSION TABLES INFORMATION SHEET 1410
• EXPLANATION TO PRODUCT DATA SHEETS INFORMATION SHEET 1411
• SAFETY INDICATIONS INFORMATION SHEET 1430
• SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACES AND HEALTH SAFETY, EXPLOSION HAZARD – INFORMATION SHEET 1431
TOXIC HAZARD
• CLEANING OF STEEL AND REMOVAL OF RUST INFORMATION SHEET 1490
• SPECIFICATION FOR MINERAL ABRASIVES INFORMATION SHEET 1491
• RELATIVE HUMIDITY – SUBSTRATE TEMPERATURE – AIR TEMPERATURE INFORMATION SHEET 1650
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the rightful claim of any
third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN
LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE, ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this
warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the
delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon laboratory tests that PPG believes to
be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in
technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge
and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk. PPG has no
control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such
use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This
sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at
www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
The PPG Logo, Bringing innovation to the surface., and all other trademarks herein are property of the PPG group of companies.
Ref. 7171 Page 5/5

PRODUCT DATA SHEET April 13, 2018 (Revision of February 12, 2018)
SIGMAZINC™ 109 Y
(SIGMACAP ZINC 108)
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, high solids polyamide adduct cured zinc rich epoxy primer
• Designed as a system primer for various paint systems
• Excellent anticorrosive properties
• Quick-drying, can be overcoated after a short interval
• Can serve as a holding primer for various maintenance systems for a total repair
• Very good primer for systems with high solids epoxy buildcoats
• Complies with SSPC-Paint 20 level 2 and ISO 12944.5

• Gray, reddish gray
• Flat

Recommended dry film thickness 60 - 150 µm (2.4 - 6.0 mils) depending on system
Theoretical spreading rate 10.8 m²/l for 60 µm (434 ft²/US gal for 2.4 mils)
Dry to touch 2.5 hours
Overcoating Interval Minimum: 4 hours

See overcoating tables
Full cure after 7 days
Shelf life Base: at least 12 months when stored cool and dry
Hardener: at least 12 months when stored cool and dry
Notes:
- See ADDITIONAL DATA – Spreading rate and film thickness
- See ADDITIONAL DATA – Overcoating intervals
Ref. P564 Page 1/5

SIGMAZINC™ 109 Y
(SIGMACAP ZINC 108)
Atmospheric exposure conditions
• Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 – 70 µm (1.6 – 2.8 mils)
• Steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated to to SPSS-Pt3
• Weathered galvanized steel; blast cleaned to remove rust, to roughen the surface and to remove any zinc salts which
might be present

• Substrate temperature during application and curing should be above 5°C (41°F)
• Substrate temperature during application and curing should be at least 3°C (5°F) above dew point

Mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 80:20 (4:1)
• The temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be above 15°C (59°F), otherwise extra thinner may be
required to obtain application viscosity
• Adding too much thinner results in reduced sag resistance and slower cure
• The thinner should be added after mixing the two components
Induction time
None
Pot life
6 hours at 20°C (68°F)
Note: See ADDITIONAL DATA – Pot life
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
1.8 – 2.2 mm (approx. 0.070 – 0.087 in)
Nozzle pressure
Ref. P564 Page 2/5

SIGMAZINC™ 109 Y
(SIGMACAP ZINC 108)
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.43 – 0.48 mm (0.017 – 0.019 in)
Nozzle pressure
15.0 MPa (approx. 150 bar; 2176 p.s.i.)
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
0 – 10%
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53
ADDITIONAL DATA
Spreading rate and film thickness
DFT Theoretical spreading rate
60 µm (2.4 mils) 10.8 m²/l (434 ft²/US gal)

Ref. P564 Page 3/5

SIGMAZINC™ 109 Y
(SIGMACAP ZINC 108)
Overcoating interval for DFT up to 100 µm (4.0 mils)
Overcoating with... Interval 10°C (50°F) 20°C (68°F) 30°C (86°F) 40°C (104°F)
recommended topcoats Minimum 8 hours 4 hours 3 hours 2 hours

Maximum 3 months 3 months 3 months 3 months
Notes:
- Zinc primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they should not be weathered for long periods before overcoating
- In clean exterior conditions, a maximum interval of 3 months can be tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should
be reduced to the practical minimum
- An interval of several months can be allowed under clean interior exposure conditions
- Before overcoating visible surface contamination must be removed by high-pressure water cleaning, sweep blasting or mechanical
cleaning
Curing time for DFT up to 100 m (4.0 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to touch Dry to handle Full cure
10°C (50°F) 5 hours 6 hours 20 days

20°C (68°F) 2.5 hours 3 hours 7 days
30°C (86°F) 1 hour 1.5 hours 5 days
Notes:
- This product can be applied at temperatures between 5°C (41°F) and 10°C (50°F), but the curing rate will be very slow
- For such applications alternative zinc rich primers are recommended: SIGMAZINC 19, SIGMAZINC 158 and SIGMAZINC 160 for
systems exposed to atmospheric conditions
- Adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing (please refer to INFORMATION SHEETS 1433 and 1434)
Pot life (at application viscosity)
Mixed product temperature Pot life
10°C (50°F) 12 hours

20°C (68°F) 6 hours
30°C (86°F) 4.5 hours
40°C (104°F) 3 hours
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• This is a solvent-borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist or vapor, as well as contact
between the wet paint and exposed skin or eyes
Ref. P564 Page 4/5

SIGMAZINC™ 109 Y
(SIGMACAP ZINC 108)
REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
• SAFE WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES INFORMATION SHEET 1433
• DIRECTIVES FOR VENTILATION PRACTICE INFORMATION SHEET 1434
WARRANTY
PPG warrants (i) its title to the product, (ii) that the quality of the product conforms to PPG’s specifications for such product in effect at the time of manufacture and (iii) that the product shall be delivered free of the
rightful claim of any third person for infringement of any U.S. patent covering the product. THESE ARE THE ONLY WARRANTIES THAT PPG MAKES AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, UNDER
STATUTE OR ARISING OTHERWISE IN LAW, FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OTHER WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE,
ARE DISCLAIMED BY PPG. Any claim under this warranty must be made by Buyer to PPG in writing within five (5) days of Buyer’s discovery of the claimed defect, but in no event later than the expiration of the
applicable shelf life of the product, or one year from the date of the delivery of the product to the Buyer, whichever is earlier. Buyer’s failure to notify PPG of such non-conformance as required herein shall bar
Buyer from recovery under this warranty.
IN NO EVENT WILL PPG BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF RECOVERY (WHETHER BASED ON NEGLIGENCE OF ANY KIND, STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT) FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, ARISING FROM, OR RESULTING FROM ANY USE MADE OF THE PRODUCT. The information in this sheet is intended for guidance only and is based upon
laboratory tests that PPG believes to be reliable. PPG may modify the information contained herein at any time as a result of practical experience and continuous product development. All recommendations or
suggestions relating to the use of the PPG product, whether in technical documentation, or in response to a specific inquiry, or otherwise, are based on data, which to the best of PPG’s knowledge, is reliable. The
product and related information is designed for users having the requisite knowledge and industrial skills in the industry and it is the end-user’s responsibility to determine the suitability of the product for its own
particular use and it shall be deemed that Buyer has done so, as its sole discretion and risk. PPG has no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate, or the many factors affecting the use and
application of the product. Therefore, PPG does not accept any liability arising from any loss, injury or damage resulting from such use or the contents of this information (unless there are written agreements
stating otherwise). Variations in the application environment, changes in procedures of use, or extrapolation of data may cause unsatisfactory results. This sheet supersedes all previous versions and it is the
Buyer’s responsibility to ensure that this information is current prior to using the product. Current sheets for all PPG Protective & Marine Coatings Products are maintained at www.ppgpmc.com. The English text of
this sheet shall prevail over any translation thereof.
The PPG logo, and all other PPG marks are property of the PPG group of companies. All other third-party marks are property of their respective owners.
Ref. P564 Page 5/5

PRODUCT DATA SHEET April 13, 2018 (Revision of August 18, 2017)
SIGMACOVER™ 410 Y
(SIGMACOVER™ 410 ME)
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, high solids, high-build, polyamide cured epoxy coating
• General-purpose epoxy buildcoat in protective coating systems, for steel and concrete structures exposed to
atmospheric land or marine conditions
• Can be applied as a single coat, direct-to-metal for moderately corrosive environments (ISO 12944 C1-C3)
• The alu grey and alu redbrown versions can be applied as a single coat, direct-to-metal for corrosive environments up to
C5
• In more agressive environments a full coating system is required
• Good durability
• Available in MIO or conventional pigmented grade

• MIO, alu grey, alu redbrown and a selected range of colors
• Flat
Mass density 1.5 kg/l (12.5 lb/US gal), depending on color

MIO: 1.9 kg/l (15.9 lb/US gal)

UK PG 6/23(92) Appendix 3: max. 220.0 g/l (approx. 1.8 lb/US gal)
Dry to touch 3 hours

Maximum: Extended
Notes:
Ref. 6823ME Page 1/5

SIGMACOVER™ 410 Y
• Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 – 70 µm (1.6 – 2.8 mils) or power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
• Suitable primer must be dry and free from any contamination
• Surface of previous coat should be sufficiently roughened if necessary
• When applied to zinc silicate, a mist coat and full coat technique is required
Substrate temperature

• The temperature of the paint should preferably be above 15°C (59°F), otherwise extra thinner may be required to obtain
application viscosity
• Thinner should be added after mixing the components
Induction time
None
Pot life
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
0 - 10%, 30 - 40% when mist coat applied
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.46 – 0.53 mm (0.018 – 0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure

SIGMACOVER™ 410 Y
Brush/roller
• Application by brush may show brush marking, due to the thixotropic nature of the paint and is most suitable to small
areas, tight angle areas or for stripe coating or touch-up
• Application by roller will leave roller marking and is suitable for minimum DFT requirements only
• A roller suitable for epoxy application must be used
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
0 – 5%
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53
ADDITIONAL DATA

Overcoating with... Interval 5°C (41°F) 10°C (50°F) 20°C (68°F) 30°C (86°F) 40°C (104°F)
various two-pack epoxy Minimum 36 hours 24 hours 8 hours 6 hours 4 hours

and polyurethane Maximum Extended Extended Extended Extended Extended
coatings
Notes:
- This product has an unlimited overcoating interval provided the surface is free from chalking and other contaminations
- In cases of exposure to direct sunlight or when the surface is contaminated it is recommended that the surface be cleaned and
roughened to ensure good adhesion of the subsequent coating.
- The optimum intercoat adhesion is obtained when the subsequent coating is applied before the full cure time of the previous coating
has elapsed

SIGMACOVER™ 410 Y
Curing time for DFT up to 200 µm (8.0 mils)

Note: Adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing (please refer to INFORMATION SHEETS 1433 and
1434)
10°C (50°F) 12 hours

15°C (59°F) 10 hours
20°C (68°F) 6 hours
25°C (77°F) 4 hours
30°C (86°F) 3 hours
40°C (104°F) 2 hours
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SIGMACOVER™ 410 Y
REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
WARRANTY

SIGMADUR™ 550 Y
(SIGMACAP FINISH PU HS)
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, high solids acrylic aliphatic polyurethane finish
• Finish coat for (anti-corrosive) coating systems on steel and concrete structures in atmospheric exposure conditions
• Good UV resistance
• Excellent color and gloss retention
• Good impact and abrasion resistance
• Long potlife at elevated temperatures
• Resistant to splash and spillage of mild chemicals and solvents
• High elasticity

• White and various other colors on request
• Gloss
Dry to touch 1 hour

Maximum: Unlimited
Notes:

• Previous coat (epoxy or polyurethane) must be dry and free from any contamination
• Previous coat: surface should be sufficiently roughened if necessary

SIGMADUR™ 550 Y

Mixing ratio by volume: base to hardener 92:8
• The temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10°C (50°F), otherwise extra thinner may be required to
obtain application viscosity
• Adding too much thinner results in reduced sag resistance
Induction time
None
Pot life
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
1.0 - 1.5 mm (approx. 0.040 - 0.060 in)
Nozzle pressure

SIGMADUR™ 550 Y
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.33 – 0.38 mm (0.013 – 0.015 in)
Nozzle pressure
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-22 (preferred) or THINNER 21-06
Volume of thinner
0 – 5%
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53
ADDITIONAL DATA

itself Minimum 24 hours 12 hours 10 hours 8 hours

Maximum Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited
Note: This product has an unlimited overcoating interval provided the surface is free from chalking and other contaminations

SIGMADUR™ 550 Y
20°C (68°F) 1 hour 8 hours 8 days

30°C (86°F) 45 minutes 6 hours 5 days
40°C (104°F) 30 minutes 4 hours 3 days
Notes:
- Adequate ventilation must be maintained during application and curing
- Premature exposure to early condensation and rain may cause color and gloss change
20°C (68°F) 5 hours

30°C (86°F) 3 hours
40°C (104°F) 2 hours
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• Contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent
• Avoid at all times inhalation of aerosol spray mist
REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD

SIGMADUR™ 550 Y
WARRANTY

PRODUCT DATA SHEET October 7, 2016 (Revision of June 9, 2016)
SIGMATHERM™ 230
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, high-build, heat-resistant epoxy phenol novolac coating
• Provides a corrosion resistant barrier on carbon steel and stainless steel under thermal insulation
• Suitable as heat resistant system under insulation up to 230°C (450°F)
• Suitable for use in cryogenic conditions
• Excellent protection and resistance against corrosion and severe chemicals
• Excellent resistance to thermal shock during rapid wet & dry cycling
• Meets CS-1, 3 and 4 for carbon steels under thermal insulation according to NACE SP0198-10
• Meets SS-1, 2 and 3 for stainless steels under thermal insulation according to NACE SP0198-10
• No post-curing is required to obtain mechanical strength
• Can be applied on hot substrate up to 150°C (302°F), please contact your PPG representative for detail

• Pink, gray
• Eggshell
Note: Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade upon exposure to sunlight, elevated temperatures, or chemical exposure. Discoloration
and normal chalking does not impact performance. Light colors will darken over time. Some batch-to-batch variation in color is to
be expected. Color matches are approximate.

EPA Method 24: 310.0 g/ltr (2.6 lb/USgal)
Recommended dry film thickness 100 - 150 μm (4.0 - 6.0 mils)

Maximum: 14 days
Ref. 7445 Page 1/5

SIGMATHERM™ 230
Notes:
- To avoid crack in elevated temperature, it is recommended that the total average dry film thickness not exceed 350 μm (14 mils) and
locally 400 μm (16 mils)
• Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 40 – 70 μm (1.6 – 2.8 mils)
• The substrate must be perfectly dry before and during application of SIGMATHERM 230
• Stainless steel ; degrease with solvent and sweep blast, SSPC SP-16 with blasting profile 40 – 100 μm (1.5 – 4.0 mils)


Induction time
Allow induction time before use
Mixed product induction time
Mixed product Induction time

temperature
Pot life
Ref. 7445 Page 2/5

SIGMATHERM™ 230
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92 for ambient temperature ; THINNER 21-25 for application to hot surfaces
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
2.0 mm (approx. 0.079 in)
Nozzle pressure
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92 for ambient temperature ; THINNER 21-25 for application to hot surfaces
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.46 – 0.53 mm (0.018 – 0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
0 – 5%
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53
Ref. 7445 Page 3/5

SIGMATHERM™ 230
ADDITIONAL DATA
Overcoating interval for DFT up to 150 μm (6.0 mils)
itself Minimum 24 hours 20 hours 14 hours 8 hours 6 hours

Maximum 28 days 25 days 21 days 14 days 7 days
Note: Surface should be dry and free from any contamination
Curing time for DFT up to 150 μm (6.0 mils)

30°C (86°F) 2 hours 4 hours 48 hours
1434)
5°C (41°F) 8 hours

10°C (50°F) 6 hours
15°C (59°F) 4 hours
20°C (68°F) 2 hours
30°C (86°F) 1 hour
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Ref. 7445 Page 4/5

SIGMATHERM™ 230
REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
WARRANTY
Ref. 7445 Page 5/5

PRODUCT DATA SHEET December 11, 2014 (Revision of July 1, 2013)
SIGMAZINC™ 158
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, moisture-curing zinc (ethyl) silicate primer
• Certificate for ASTM A-490 class 'B' for slip coefficient
• Complies with the compositional requirements of SSPC-Paint 20, Level 2
• Anticorrosive primer for structural steel
• Suitable as a system primer in various paint systems based on unsaponifiable binders
• Galvanic action eliminates sub-film corrosion
• Can withstand substrate temperatures from –90°C (–130°F) up to 400°C (750°F), under normal atmospheric exposure
conditions
• When suitably topcoated provides excellent corrosion protection for steel substrates up to 540°C (1000°F)
• Good low-temperature curing
• Good impact- and abrasion resistance
• Must not be exposed to alkaline (more than pH 9) or acidic (less than pH 5.5) liquids

• Gray, greenish gray
• Flat

Recommended dry film thickness 75 - 100 μm (3.0 - 4.0 mils) depending on system
Maximum: Unlimited
Full cure after 12 hours
Shelf life Binder: at least 9 months when stored cool and dry
Pigment: at least 24 months when stored pigment moisture free
Notes:
Ref. 7558 Page 1/6

SIGMAZINC™ 158
Immersion exposure
• Steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; sweep blasted to SPSS-Ss, welds, rusty and damaged areas blast cleaned to
ISO-Sa2½

• Steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated to to SPSS-Pt3
• Weathered galvanized steel; blast cleaned to remove rust, to roughen the surface and to remove any zinc salts, which might
be present
• Substrate temperature during application and curing down to -5°C (23°F) is acceptable; provided the substrate is free from
ice and dry
• Substrate temperature during application up to 50°C (122°F) is acceptable
• Relative humidity during curing should be above 50%
Mixing ratio by volume: binder to zinc powder 81:19

• Many of PPG's zinc silicates are supplied as two-pack materials consisting of a container with pigmented binder and a drum
containing a bag of zinc powder.
• To ensure proper mixing of both components, the instructions given below must be followed
• To avoid lumps in the paint do not add the binder to the zinc powder
• [1] Take the bag with zinc powder out of the drum
• [2] Shake the binder in the jerrycan a few times to reach a certain degree of homogenization
• [3] Pour about 2/3 of the binder into the empty drum
• [4] With the jerrycan now reduced in weight and containing more free space, shake it vigorously to obtain a homogeneous
mix with no deposits left on the bottom, and add this to the drum
• [5] Add the zinc powder gradually to the pigmented binder in the drum and, at the same time, continuously stir the mixture
by using a mechanical mixer (keep the speed low)
• [6] Stir the zinc dust powder thoroughly through the binder (high speed) and keep stirring until a homogeneous mixture is
obtained
• [7] Strain mixture through a 30 – 60 mesh screen
• [8] Agitate continuously during application (low speed). The use of a dedicated pump with a constant agitation for a zinc
silicate coating is recommended
Note: At application temperature above 30°C (86°F) addition of max 10% by volume of THINNER 90-53 may be necessary
Induction time
None
Ref. 7558 Page 2/6

SIGMAZINC™ 158
Pot life
12 hours at 20°C (68°F)
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 90-53
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
2.0 mm (approx. 0.079 in)
Nozzle pressure
Note: A dedicated pump for a zinc silicate coating with constant agitation must be used
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 90-53
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.48 – 0.64 mm (0.019 – 0.025 in)
Nozzle pressure
Note: A dedicated pump for a zinc silicate coating with constant agitation must be used
Ref. 7558 Page 3/6

SIGMAZINC™ 158
Brush/roller
• Only for touch-up and spot repair
• Roller application is not recommended
Recommended thinner
THINNER 90-53
Volume of thinner
5 – 15%
Note: Apply a visible wet coat with a max. dft of 25 μm (1.0 mils)|same for subsequent coats in order to obtain the required dft
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53
Upgrading
• This is only valid for spray application
• If the DFT is below specification and an extra coat of SIGMAZINC 158 has to be applied, SIGMAZINC 158 should be thinned
down with 25 – 50% THINNER 90-53, in order to obtain a visible wet coat that remains wet for some time
ADDITIONAL DATA
75 μm (3.0 mils) 8.7 m²/l (348 ft²/US gal)

Notes:
- Maximum DFT when brushing: 35 μm (1.4 mils)
- Above 150 μm (6.0 mils) mudcracking can occur
- Average DFT 75 μm (3.0 mils) with a minimum of 60 μm (2.4 mils) on smooth non-pitted blast cleaned steel
- Average DFT 100 μm (4.0 mils) with a minimum of 75 μm (3.0 mils) on rough or pitted, blast cleaned steel
Ref. 7558 Page 4/6

SIGMAZINC™ 158
Overcoating with... Interval -5°C (23°F) 0°C (32°F) 10°C (50°F) 20°C (68°F) 30°C (86°F) 40°C (104°F)
itself Minimum 24 hours 24 hours 18 hours 12 hours 6 hours 4 hours

Maximum Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited
Notes:
- A relative humidity below 50% requires a much longer overcoating time
- If part of a coating system and in order to avoid possible popping effects (pinholes) SIGMAZINC 158 should be sealed with approved
coatings
- SIGMAZINC 158 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it cures after sufficient exposure to moisture from the atmosphere
during and after application; it is recommended that relative humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
- Before entering service or overcoating, a sufficient degree of cure should be obtained
- When curing conditions are unfavorable or when reduced overcoat times are desired, curing can be accelerated 4 hours after application
by: [1] Wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2 hours, followed by drying; [2] Wetting or soaking with a 0.5%
ammonia solution, followed by drying
- Wetting or soaking with water, keeping the surface wet for the next 2 hours, followed by drying
- Wetting or soaking with a 0.5% ammonia solution, followed by drying
- Before overcoating with topcoats, SIGMAZINC 158 should always be visibly dry and checked on sufficient curing
- For measuring of the curing, the MEK rub test according to ASTM 4752 is a suitable method: after 50 double rubs with a cloth soaked in
MEK (or alternatively THINNER 90-53) no dissolving of the coating should be observed
Substrate temperature Dry to handle Full cure
-5°C (23°F) 2 hours 24 hours

0°C (32°F) 2 hours 24 hours
10°C (50°F) 1 hour 18 hours
20°C (68°F) 30 minutes 12 hours
40°C (104°F) 30 seconds 4 hours
Notes:
- SIGMAZINC 158 is a moisture curing zinc silicate, this means that it only cures after sufficient take up of water, (from the atmosphere)
during and after application
- It is recommended that relative humidity and temperature are measured during the curing time
0°C (32°F) 24 hours

10°C (50°F) 16 hours
20°C (68°F) 12 hours
30°C (86°F) 6 hours
Ref. 7558 Page 5/6

SIGMAZINC™ 158
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
WARRANTY
Ref. 7558 Page 6/6

PRODUCT DATA SHEET January 26, 2017 (Revision of January 26, 2017)
SIGMATHERM™ 540
DESCRIPTION
One-component, heat-resistant, moisture-curing silicone aluminum
• Heat-resistant up to 540°C (1000°F) on steel, grit-blasted to SSPC SP10/NACE 2 (ISO-Sa2½)
• Heat-resistant up to 400°C (750°F) on rusted steel, power tool cleaned to ISO-St3
• To be used for the internal and external protection of steel surfaces
• No heat cure necessary between coats
• Excellent resistance against weathering
• Also suitable on top of zinc silicate primer
• A minimum drying time of 3 days at 20°C (68°F) should be allowed before exposure to heat
• Complies with NACE SP0198 for austenitic stainless steels and carbon steels under thermal insulation

• Aluminum and black
• Eggshell
Data for product
Number of components One

Recommended dry film thickness 25 μm (1.0 mils)
Shelf life At least 9 months when stored cool and dry
Notes:
Ref. 7564 Page 1/4

SIGMATHERM™ 540
• Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm (1.2 – 3.0 mils) or according to ISO-St3
• Suitable coating (zinc silicate primer) must be dry, free from any contamination and zinc salts
• Stainless steel; degreased and sweep blast (SSPC SP-16) cleaned to roughness of 40 – 70 μm (1.5 – 2.8 mils) with non-
ferrous abrasive


• Power agitate to uniform consistency
• When applying more than one coat, it is recommended that the total dry film thickness does not exceed 80 μm (3.1 mils)
Air spray
Recommended thinner
No thinner should be added
Nozzle orifice
1.5 – 2.0 mm (approx. 0.060 – 0.079 in)
Nozzle pressure
Brush/roller
• For Roller application the best results will be obtained by using fine foam type rollers
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 21-06
ADDITIONAL DATA
itself Minimum 24 hours 16 hours 12 hours 6 hours

Maximum Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited
Ref. 7564 Page 2/4

SIGMATHERM™ 540
Substrate temperature Dry to touch Dry to handle

20°C (68°F) 45 minutes 3.5 hours
40°C (104°F) 15 minutes 1 hour
1434)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
WARRANTY
Ref. 7564 Page 3/4

SIGMATHERM™ 540
Ref. 7564 Page 4/4

PRODUCT DATA SHEET December 11, 2014 (Revision of February 1, 2013)
SIGMASHIELD™ 880 GF / AMERLOCK™ 880 GF
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, surface tolerant high solid glass flake epoxy coating
• Primarily designed for use in offshore splash zone maintenance
• Designed for use in heavy-duty and corrosive environments
• Outstanding sea water resistance
• Excellent corrosion resistance
• Enhanced impact- and abrasion resistance
• Continues to cure when immersed in water
• Long-term protection in a single-coat application
• Resistant to well designed cathodic protection
• Suitable on wet blast or ultra high pressure water (UHPWW) cleaned substrates (damp or dry)

• Yellow, black (other colors available on request)
• Gloss

Overcoating Interval Minimum: 3.5 hours
Maximum: 14 days
Notes:
Ref. 7758 Page 1/5

• Coating performance will depend upon the surface preparation degree
• Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 or ISO-Sa2½
• Blasting profile of 40 – 80 μm (1.6 – 3.1 mils) is recommended
• Steel; hand/power tool clean in accordance with St3 or SSPC-SP3 for new building and St2 or SSPC-SP2 for maintenance,
UHPWH in accordance with WJ2L/3l (SSPC-VIS-4)
• Compatible previous coat must be dry and free from any contamination


• Do not thin more than is required by appropriate application property
Induction time
None
Pot life
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
1.5 – 3.0 mm (approx. 0.060 – 0.110 in)
Nozzle pressure
Ref. 7758 Page 2/5

Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.53 – 0.69 mm (0.021 – 0.027 in)
Nozzle pressure
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
0 – 5%
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53
ADDITIONAL DATA

Ref. 7758 Page 3/5

itself Minimum 36 hours 14 hours 7 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours
Maximum 2 months 1.5 months 1 month 28 days 21 days 14 days
epoxy coatings Minimum 36 hours 14 hours 7 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours 1.5 hours
Maximum 1 month 28 days 21 days 14 days 7 days 4 days
polyurethanes Minimum 48 hours 22 hours 14 hours 10 hours 6 hours 4 hours
Maximum 1 month 28 days 21 days 14 days 7 days 4 days
Curing time for DFT up to 500 μm (20 mils)
Substrate temperature Dry to touch Dry to handle
-5°C (23°F) 24 hours 48 hours

Notes:
- The curing time is related to the DFT of the paint and ventilation of the drying condition. High DFT and poor ventilation will slow curing
- Premature exposure to water will lead to whitening of dark colours when applied between tides on jetties, piling etc. this will not affect
anticorrosive properties of the coating
10°C (50°F) 3 hours

20°C (68°F) 2 hours
30°C (86°F) 1 hour
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• This is a solvent-borne paint and care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist or vapor as well as contact between
Ref. 7758 Page 4/5

REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
WARRANTY
Ref. 7758 Page 5/5

PRODUCT DATA SHEET April 16, 2018 (Revision of April 13, 2018)
AMERLOCK® 400 GF / SIGMASHIELD™ 400
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, high solids glass flake reinforced polyamine cured epoxy coating
• Designed to prevent corrosion under insulation (CUI) of carbon steel and stainless steel
• Pass cryogenic cyclic test from -196°C (-321°F) to 200°C (392°F)
• Glass-flake reinforced for improved impact and abrasion resistance
• Excellent resistance to corrosion
• Long-term protection at areas subject to heavy wear and tear
• Very low water permeability, due to glass flake barrier
• Suitable for immersion service
• Compatible with cathodic protection systems
• Up to 750 µm (30.0 mils) DFT in a single coat

• Standard and custom colors
• Eggshell
Note: Epoxy coatings will chalk and fade with exposure to sunlight. Light colors are prone to ambering to some extent. Note
that product tinted to custom colors are not recommended for immersion service. Only use factory grind batches for
immersion
VOC (Supplied) max. 172.0 g/l (approx. 1.4 lb/US gal)
Temperature resistance (Continuous) To 218°C (420°F)
Temperature resistance (Intermittent) To 232°C (450°F)

Maximum: 3 months
Ref. 7745 Page 1/6

Notes:
- Intermittent temperature resistance should be less than 5% of the time, and maximum 24 hours
- Maximum temperature in table is for dry condition, please find "SYSTEM SPECIFICATION" for CUI condition
- U.S. and Canada consist of 3 components (Post-add AMERCOAT 880 Glassflake additive with Amerlock 400)

• Coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Remove all loose paint, mill scale, and rust.
The surface to be coated must be dimensionally stable, dry, clean and free of grease, oil, and other foreign materials.
When proper abrasive blast surface preparation is not practical, surfaces should be chipped clean and wire brushed to
bare, clean material
Carbon steel
• For immersion service: steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ (SSPC SP-10)
• For atmospheric service, abrasive blast to ISO-Sa2½ or minimum SSPC SP-6, power tool cleaned to ISO-St3 (SSPC SP-3)
or hand tool cleaned to ISO-St2 (SSPC SP-2) or ultra high pressure water jet to SSPC SP WJ-2(L) / NACE WJ-2(L)
Concrete / Masonry
• Remove grease, oil and other penetrating contaminants according to ASTM D4258
• Abrade the surface per ASTM D4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or laitance. Achieve surface profile - ICRI CSP
3 to 5
• AMERCOAT 114 A may be used as a pit filler. Check with PPG Technical Service for alternative
• Maximum recommended moisture transmission rate is 3 lbs / 1,000 ft2 / 24 hours by moisture transmission test (ASTM
F1869, calcium chloride test or by ASTM D4263, plastic sheet test)
• Alternatively, ASTM D4944 (Calcium Carbide Gas method) can be used, moisture content should not exceed 4%
Galvanized steel
• Remove oil or soap film with detergent or emulsion cleaner
• Lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile of 1.5 – 3.0 mils
(38 – 75 µm). When light abrasive blasting is not possible, galvanizing can be treated with a suitable zinc phosphate
conversion coating.
• Galvanizing that has had at least 24 months of exterior weathering may be coated after power washing to remove all
contaminants and white rust
Ref. 7745 Page 2/6

Non-ferrous metals and stainless steel

• Remove all rust, dirt, moisture, grease or other contaminants from the surface
• Lightly abrasive blast with a fine abrasive in accordance with SSPC SP-16 guidelines to achieve a profile of 40 - 100 µm
(1.5 - 4.0 mils)
Insulated and non-insulated service: applied direct to carbon steel or stainless steel up to 204°C (400°F)
• AMERLOCK 400 GF / SIGMASHIELD 400 : 250 µm (10.0 mils) DFT one coat system
Notes:
- Do not exceed 400 m (16.0 mils) total DFT
- Top coat may needs for sunlight directly exposed condition. Please contact your PPG representative for suitable top coats
- For carbon steel surface treatment, ISO-Sa2½ or min. SSPC SP-6 is recommended. But SSPC SP-15 is allowed for repair
- For hot application from 66°C (150°F) to 150°C (300°F), please refer to "HOT APPLY EPOXIES" INFORMATION SHEET

• Very good mechanical mixing of base and hardener is essential
• Filters should be removed from spray equipment
Pot life
Ref. 7745 Page 3/6

Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
1.5 – 2.0 mm (approx. 0.060 – 0.079 in)
Nozzle pressure
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06
Volume of thinner
0 - 5%
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.53 – 0.79 mm (0.021 – 0.031 in)
Nozzle pressure
Brush/roller
• Due to thixotropy, it is difficult to obtain a smooth film by brush, although this does not affect performance
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-58
ADDITIONAL DATA

Ref. 7745 Page 4/6

various two-component Minimum 36 hours 16 hours 10 hours 8 hours

epoxy coatings Maximum 3 months 3 months 3 months 1 month
polyurethanes Minimum 36 hours 16 hours 10 hours 8 hours
Maximum 1 month 1 month 14 days 7 days
Notes:
- Surface should be dry and free from any contamination

1434)
10°C (50°F) 3 hours

20°C (68°F) 2 hours
30°C (86°F) 1 hour
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Ref. 7745 Page 5/6

REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
WARRANTY
Ref. 7745 Page 6/6

PRODUCT DATA SHEET July 10, 2017 (Revision of May 4, 2017)
NOVAGUARD™ 840
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, solvent-free, amine-cured novolac phenolic epoxy coating
• Suitable for heavy H2S wastewater environments
• Suitable for use on primed steel or direct to concrete/masonry
• Good visibility due to light color
• Glossy and smooth appearance
• Reduced explosion risk and fire hazard
• Suitable for storage of unleaded gasolines
• Good chemical resistance against a wide range of chemicals and solvents
• Clear version for glass-mat reinforced, solvent-free tank bottom system (see SYSTEM SHEET 4145)
• Excellent resistance to crude oil up to 120°C (250°F)
• Can be applied by heavy-duty, single-feed, airless spray equipment (60:1)
• Meets the requirements of EI 1541 2.2 (coating systems for aviation fuel storage tanks and pipes)
• Meets NSF/ANSI Standard 61 for potable water when applied and used as described on www.http://www.nsf.org/

• Green, cream, clear
• Gloss
Volume solids 100%


Maximum: 2 months
Ref. 7468 Page 1/6

NOVAGUARD™ 840
Notes:
Carbon steel
• Steel; blast cleaned to a minimum of SSPC-SP10 or ISO-SA2½ , blasting profile 50 – 125 μm (5.0 mils) (2.0 – 5.0 mils)
• Steel with suitable primer (NOVAGUARD 260 or PHENGUARD 930) must be dry and free from any contamination
Concrete
• Remove grease, oil and other penetrating contaminants according to ASTM D4258
• Abrade the surface per ASTM D4259 to remove all chalk and surface glaze or laitance. Achieve surface profile - ICRI CSP 3
to 5
• NOVAGUARD 840 with PPG 884 Additive or AMERCOAT 114A may be used as a pit filler for certain applications. Check
with PPG Technical Service for guidance on chemical resistance
• Maximum recommended moisture transmission rate is 3 lbs / 1,000 ft2 / 24 hours by moisture transmission test (ASTM
F1869, calcium chloride test or by ASTM D4263, plastic sheet test)
• Moisture content should not exceed 4% (ASTM D4944, Calcuim Carbide Gas method)


• The temperature of the mixed base and hardener should preferably be at least 20°C (68°F)
• At lower temperature, the viscosity will be too high for spray application
• No thinner should be added
• For recommended application instructions, see working procedure
Induction time
None
Ref. 7468 Page 2/6

NOVAGUARD™ 840
Pot life
1 hour at 20°C (68°F)
Airless spray
• Use heavy-duty, single-feed, airless spray equipment, preferably 60:1 pump ratio and suitable high-pressure hoses/in-line
heating or insulated hoses may be necessary to avoid cooling down of paint in hoses at low air temperature
• Length of hoses should be as short as possible
Recommended thinner
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.53 mm (0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
At 20°C (68°F) paint temperature min. 28.0 MPa (approx. 280 bar; 4061 p.s.i.). At 30°C (86°F) min. 22.0 MPa (approx. 220 bar;
3191 p.s.i.)
Brush/roller
• Brush: for stripe coating and spot repair only
Recommended thinner
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53 or THINNER 90-83
Notes:
- Paint inside the spraying equipment must be removed before the pot life has been expired
- All application equipment must be cleaned immediately after use
ADDITIONAL DATA

Note: Maximum DFT when brushing: 150 μm (6.0 mils)
Ref. 7468 Page 3/6

NOVAGUARD™ 840
Measuring wet film thickness

• A difference is often obtained between the measured apparent WFT and the real applied WFT. This is due to the thixotropy
and the surface tension of the paint, which retards the release of air, trapped in the paint film for some time
• Recommendation is to apply a WFT, which is equal to the specified DFT plus 60 μm (2.4 mils)
Measuring dry film thickness

• Because of low initial hardness the DFT cannot be measured within some days, due to the penetration of the measuring
device into the soft paint film
• The DFT should be measured using a calibration foil of known thickness placed in between the coating and the measuring
device
itself Minimum 3.5 days 36 hours 24 hours 16 hours

Maximum 3 months 3 months 2 months 1 month
Substrate temperature Dry to handle Minimum cure time for purely Minimum cure time for all other
aliphatic petroleum product chemicals
(see note)
5°C (41°F) 60 hours 10 days 15 days
10°C (50°F) 30 hours 5 days 7 days
40°C (104°F) 6 hours 18 hours 48 hours
Notes:
- Gasoline or gasoline/alcohol blends are not included in purely aliphatic petroleum products, please contact your PPG representative for
further details
Ref. 7468 Page 4/6

NOVAGUARD™ 840
10°C (50°F) 2 hours

20°C (68°F) 1 hour
Note: Due to exothermic reaction, temperature during and after mixing may increase
Product Qualifications
• Qualified for ANSI/NSF Standard 61 (potable water). For NSF application instructions, please visit the following website:
http://www.nsf.org/certified-products-systems/
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• Although this is a solvent-free paint, care should be taken to avoid inhalation of spray mist, as well as contact between the
wet paint and exposed skin or eyes
• No solvent present; however, spray mist is not harmless, a fresh air mask should be used during spraying
• Ventilation should be provided in confined spaces to maintain good visibility
REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
Ref. 7468 Page 5/6

NOVAGUARD™ 840
WARRANTY
Ref. 7468 Page 6/6

PRODUCT DATA SHEET April 17, 2018 (Revision of November 2, 2017)
SIGMACOVER™ 410 / AMERCOAT® 410
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, high solids, high-build, polyamide cured epoxy coating
• General-purpose epoxy buildcoat in protective coating systems, for steel and concrete structures exposed to
atmospheric land or marine conditions
• Excellent durability
• Can be recoated with various two-component and conventional coatings, even after long weathering periods
• Easy application by airless spray
• Available in MIO or conventional pigmented grade

• MIO and a selected range of colors
• Flat
Mass density 1.5 kg/l (12.5 lb/US gal), depending on color

MIO: 1.9 kg/l (15.9 lb/US gal)


Maximum: Extended
Notes:
Ref. 6823 Page 1/5


• Suitable primer must be dry and free from any contamination
• When applied to zinc silicate, a mist coat and full coat technique is required

Induction time
None
Pot life
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
1.7 – 2.0 mm (approx. 0.070 – 0.079 in)
Nozzle pressure
Ref. 6823 Page 2/5

Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
0 - 10%, 30 - 40% when mist coat applied
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.46 – 0.53 mm (0.018 – 0.021 in)
Nozzle pressure
Brush/roller
• Application by brush may show brush marking, due to the thixotropic nature of the paint and is most suitable to small
areas, tight angle areas or for stripe coating or touch-up
• Application by roller will leave roller marking and is suitable for minimum DFT requirements only
• A roller suitable for epoxy application must be used
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
0 – 5%
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53
ADDITIONAL DATA

Ref. 6823 Page 3/5


and polyurethane Maximum Extended Extended Extended Extended Extended
coatings
Notes:
- This product has an unlimited overcoating interval provided the surface is free from chalking and other contaminations
- The optimum intercoat adhesion is obtained when the subsequent coating is applied before the full cure time of the previous coating
has elapsed
- In cases of exposure to direct sunlight or when the surface is contaminated it is recommended that the surface be cleaned and
roughened to ensure good adhesion of the subsequent coating.

1434)
10°C (50°F) 12 hours

15°C (59°F) 10 hours
20°C (68°F) 6 hours
25°C (77°F) 4 hours
30°C (86°F) 3 hours
40°C (104°F) 2 hours
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Ref. 6823 Page 4/5

REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
WARRANTY
Ref. 6823 Page 5/5

PRODUCT DATA SHEET May 1, 2018 (Revision of March 4, 2018)
SIGMADUR™ 550
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, aliphatic acrylic polyurethane finish
• Unlimited recoatable
• Excellent resistance to atmospheric exposure conditions
• Excellent color and gloss retention
• Non-chalking, non-yellowing
• Cures at temperatures down to -5°C (23°F)
• Resistant to splash of mineral and vegetable oils, paraffins, aliphatic petroleum products and mild chemicals
• Can be recoated even after long atmospheric exposure
• Good application properties

• White and various other colors (see also SIGMACARE shade card)
• Gloss

EUR Directive: 2004/42/IIA(j)(500) 459 g/l)
Dry to touch 1 hour

Maximum: Unlimited
Notes:
Ref. 7537 Page 1/5

SIGMADUR™ 550

• Previous coat (epoxy or polyurethane) must be dry and free from any contamination
• Previous coat: surface should be sufficiently roughened if necessary

• Substrate temperature during application at -5°C (23°F) is acceptable; provided the substrate is free from ice and dry
• Relative humidity during application and curing should not exceed 85%
• Should condensation on the surface occur during, or soon after application, this could result in color and gloss change

• The temperature of the mixed base and hardener should be above 10°C (50°F), otherwise extra thinner may be required to
obtain application viscosity
Induction time
None
Pot life
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
1.0 - 1.5 mm (approx. 0.040 - 0.060 in)
Nozzle pressure
Ref. 7537 Page 2/5

SIGMADUR™ 550
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.43 – 0.48 mm (0.017 – 0.019 in)
Nozzle pressure
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
THINNER 21-06
Volume of thinner
0 – 5%
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53
ADDITIONAL DATA

itself Minimum 24 hours 16 hours 8 hours 6 hours 5 hours 3 hours

Maximum Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited
Ref. 7537 Page 3/5

SIGMADUR™ 550
Substrate temperature Dry to handle Full cure
-5°C (23°F) 24 hours 15 days

0°C (32°F) 16 hours 11 days
Notes:
- Premature exposure to early condensation and rain may cause color and gloss change
10°C (50°F) 7 hours

20°C (68°F) 5 hours
30°C (86°F) 3 hours
40°C (104°F) 2 hours
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• Contains a toxic polyisocyanate curing agent
• Avoid at all times inhalation of aerosol spray mist
Ref. 7537 Page 4/5

SIGMADUR™ 550
REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
WARRANTY
Ref. 7537 Page 5/5

SIGMAZINC™ 68 SP / AMERCOAT® 68 SP
DESCRIPTION
Two-component, high solids polyamine adduct cured zinc rich epoxy primer
• Designed as a system primer in various paint systems for aggressive environments
• Excellent anticorrosive properties
• Quick-drying, can be overcoated after a short interval
• Very good primer for systems with high solids epoxy buildcoats
• Complies with the compositional requirements of ISO 12944–5
• Meets the requirements of Norsok M-501 rev. 6, System 1

• Reddish gray
• Flat


See overcoating tables
Notes:
Ref. 7068 Page 1/5


Immersion exposure
• Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ (SSPC SP-10), blasting profile 40 – 70 µm (1.6 – 2.8 mils)
• Steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to ISO-Sa1 (SPSS-SP7)

• Steel; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½ or minimum SSPC SP-6, blasting profile 40 – 70 µm (1.6 – 2.8 mils)
• Steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; pretreated according to ISO-Sa1 (SPSS-SP7) or power tool cleaned to ISO-
St3 (SSPC SP3)

Induction time
None
Pot life
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
1.5 – 2.5 mm (approx. 0.060 – 0.100 in)
Nozzle pressure
Ref. 7068 Page 2/5

Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.43 – 0.48 mm (0.017 – 0.019 in)
Nozzle pressure
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
0 – 5%
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53
ADDITIONAL DATA

subsequent coating Minimum 6 hours 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour

Maximum 3 months 3 months 3 months 3 months
Notes:
- Zinc rich primers can form zinc salts on the surface; preferably they should not be weathered for long periods before overcoating
- An interval of several months can be allowed under clean interior exposure conditions
- In clean exterior conditions, a maximum interval of 3 months can be tolerated, but in industrial or marine conditions this interval should
be reduced to the practical minimum
- Before overcoating visible surface contamination must be removed by high-pressure water cleaning, sweep blasting or mechanical
cleaning
Ref. 7068 Page 3/5


1434)
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
WARRANTY
Ref. 7068 Page 4/5

Ref. 7068 Page 5/5

PRODUCT DATA SHEET December 10, 2014 (Revision of March 1, 2014)
R2
SIGMACOVER™ 280
DESCRIPTION
Universal epoxy anticorrosive primer, based upon pure epoxy technology
• Universal epoxy primer system suitable for Ballast Tanks, Decks, Topside, Superstructure, Hull and Cargo Oil Tanks
• General-purpose epoxy primer in protective coating systems for steel and non-ferrous metals
• Good adhesion to steel and galvanized steel
• Good adhesion to non-ferrous metals
• Good flow- and wetting properties
• Good water- and corrosion resistance
• Cures at temperatures down to 5°C (41°F)
• Suitable for touching up of weld seams and damages of epoxy coatings during construction
• Excellent recoatability
• Can be overcoated with most alkyd-, chlorinated rubber-, vinyl-, epoxy- and two-component polyurethane coatings
• Suitable on wet blast cleaned substrates (damp or dry)
• Compatible with well-designed cathodic protection systems

• Yellow/green (redbrown on request)
• Eggshell
Ref. 7417 Page 1/7

R2
SIGMACOVER™ 280

5.7 m²/l for 100 μm (229 ft²/US gal for 4.0 mils)
Dry to touch 1.5 hours
Overcoating Interval See overcoating tables
Notes:
Immersion exposure
• Steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned (dry or wet) to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm
(1.2 – 3.0 mils)
• Steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; weld seams and areas of damaged shop primer or breakdown should be blast
cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm (1.2 – 3.0 mils) or power tool cleaned to SPSS-Pt3
• Coated steel; hydrojetted to VIS WJ2L (blasting profile 30 – 75 μm (1.2 – 3.0 mils))
IMO-MSC.215(82) requirements for water ballast tanks

• Steel; ISO 8501-3: 2006 grade P2, with all edges treated to a rounded radius of minimum 2 mm (0.0789 in) or subject to
three pass grinding
• Steel or steel with not approved zinc silicate shop primer; blast cleaned to ISO -Sa2½, blasting profile 30 – 75 μm (1.2 – 3.0
mils)
• Steel with approved zinc silicate shop primer; weld seams and areas of shop primer damage or break down should be blast
cleaned to Iso-Sa 2½ blasting profile 30 – 75 μm (1.2 – 3.0 mils): [1] For shop primer with IMO type approval; no additional
requirements; [2] For shop primer without IMO type approval; blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2 removing at least 70% of intact shop
primer
• Dust quantity rating "1 for dust size class "3", "4" or "5", lower dust size classes to be removed if visible on the surface to
be coated without magnification (ISO 8502-3:1992)
Ref. 7417 Page 2/7

R2
SIGMACOVER™ 280

• Steel blast cleaned to ISO-Sa2½, blasting profile 30 - 75 μm (1.2 – 3.0 mils) or according to ISO-St3
• Shop primed steel; pretreated to SPSS-Pt3
• Galvanized steel must be sweep blasted or otherwise roughened
• Galvanized steel must be free from grease, salts and any contamination

• Relative humidity during application and curing should not exceed 85%
• ANTICORROSIVE SYSTEMS FOR UNDERWATER AND BOOTTOP - SYSTEM SHEET 3101
• SYSTEMS FOR BOOTTOP AND TOPSIDE – SYSTEM SHEET 3102
• SYSTEMS FOR DECKS – SYSTEM SHEET 3103
• SYSTEMS FOR SUPERSTRUCTURE AND DECK FITTINGS – SYSTEM SHEET 3104
• SYSTEMS FOR INTERIOR(S) – SYSTEM SHEET 3105
• SYSTEMS FOR BALLAST TANKS – SYSTEM SHEET 3106 (spec. 5.7)
• SYSTEMS FOR CARGO HOLDS – SYSTEM SHEET 3107
• MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS – SYSTEM SHEET 3108

Induction time
None
Pot life
Ref. 7417 Page 3/7

R2
SIGMACOVER™ 280
Air spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
1.5 – 2.0 mm (approx. 0.060 – 0.079 in)
Nozzle pressure
Airless spray
Recommended thinner
THINNER 91-92
Volume of thinner
Nozzle orifice
Approx. 0.46 mm (0.018 in)
Nozzle pressure
Brush/roller
Recommended thinner
No extra thinner is necessary
Volume of thinner
Up to 5% THINNER 91-92 can be added if desired
Cleaning solvent
THINNER 90-53
Ref. 7417 Page 4/7

R2
SIGMACOVER™ 280
ADDITIONAL DATA

Note: Maximum DFT when brushing: 50 μm (2.0 mils)
other types of paint like Minimum 16 hours 10 hours 5 hours 3 hours 2 hours
most chlorinated rubber-, Maximum 21 days 21 days 10 days 7 days 4 days
vinyl-, and alkyd coatings
Notes:
- Surface should be dry and free from any contamination
- Glossy finishes require a corresponding undercoat

and polyurethane coatings Maximum exposed to 3 months 3 months 3 months 2 months 2 months
direct sunshine
Maximum NOT exposed to 6 months 6 months 6 months 4 months 3 months
direct sunshine

20°C (68°F) 2 hours 2.5 hours 7 days
30°C (86°F) 1 hour 1.5 hours 5 days
40°C (104°F) 45 minutes 1 hour 3 days
1434)
Ref. 7417 Page 5/7

R2
SIGMACOVER™ 280
15°C (59°F) 10 hours

20°C (68°F) 8 hours
30°C (86°F) 5 hours
35°C (95°F) 4 hours
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
REFERENCES
TOXIC HAZARD
• PPG PROTECTIVE & MARINE COATINGS' BALLAST TANK WORKING PROCEDURES
NEW-BUILDING
WARRANTY
Ref. 7417 Page 6/7

R2
SIGMACOVER™ 280
Article code Color Reference
179083 yellow/green 4009002200 (144497 base, 142014 hardener)

179085 redbrown 6137002200 (144493 base, 142014 hardener)
Ref. 7417 Page 7/7

<ATTACHMENT #6 : PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR IPK – 57 sheets>

Interplate® 317
Inorganic Zinc Silicate
PRODUCT A fast drying, two component, weldable zinc silicate pre-fabrication primer for application by manual
DESCRIPTION or automatic spray.
INTENDED USES As a temporary protective primer for the coating of steelwork prior to the fabrication process.
Suitable for overcoating with a wide range of high performance coating systems for use in a variety
of environments, including offshore structures, marine environments, chemical and petrochemical
plants, power stations and bridges.
PRACTICAL Colour Grey

INFORMATION FOR
INTERPLATE 317 Gloss Level Matt
Volume Solids 28%
Typical Thickness 10-25 microns (0.4-1 mils) dry equivalent to

36-89 microns (1.4-3.6 mils) wet
Theoretical Coverage 18.70 m²/litre at 15 microns d.f.t and stated volume solids
749 sq.ft/US gallon at 0.6 mils d.f.t and stated volume solids
Practical Coverage Allow appropriate loss factors
Method of Application Airless Spray, Roller, Air Spray, Brush, Conventional Spray
Drying Time
Overcoating Interval with
recommended topcoats
Temperature Touch Dry Hard Dry Minimum Maximum
10°C (50°F) 3 minutes 8 minutes 24 hours Extended¹

¹ See International Protective Coatings Definitions and Abbreviations
REGULATORY DATA Flash Point Part A 5°C (41°F); Part B -18°C (0°F); Mixed -18°C (0°F)
Product Weight 1.50 kg/l (12.5 lb/gal)

VOC 609 g/lt Calculated
See Product Characteristics section for further details
Protective Coatings
Page 1 of 4
Issue Date:15/12/2009
Ref:2320
Interplate® 317
SURFACE All surfaces to be coated should be clean, dry and free from contamination. Prior to paint
PREPARATION application all surfaces should be assessed and treated in accordance with ISO 8504:2000.
Oil or grease should be removed in accordance with SSPC-SP1 solvent cleaning. Where
necessary, remove weld spatter and where required smooth weld seams and sharp edges.
Abrasive Blast Cleaning
Abrasive blast clean to a minimum of Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007) SSPC-SP6. If oxidation has
occurred between blasting and application of Interplate 317 the surface should be re-blasted to the
specified visual standard. Surface defects revealed by the blast cleaning process should be ground,
filled, or treated in the appropriate manner.
The blast profile achieved should have an angular configuration. Blasting media should be steel grit
of a nominal size of 0.6-1.0 mm (24-40 thou) or a mixture with steel shot of a nominal size of 0.6-
1.4 mm (24-56 thou).
This product is NOT recommended over hand prepared steel.
APPLICATION Mixing Interplate 317 is supplied in two parts, a Paste component (Part A) and a
liquid Binder component (Part B). The liquid Binder (Part B) should be
slowly added to the Paste (Part A) whilst stirring with a mechanical agitator.
DO NOT ADD PASTE TO LIQUID. Material should be filtered prior to
application and should be constantly agitated in the pot during spraying.
Once the unit has been mixed, it should be used within the working pot life
specified.
This is a low viscosity material and agitation is required during application

to ensure homogenity is maintained.
Mix Ratio 1 part(s) : 1 part(s) by volume

Working Pot Life 10°C (50°F) 15°C (59°F) 25°C (77°F) 40°C (104°F)
7 hours 6 hours 6 hours 4.5 hours
Airless Spray Recommended Automatic plant preferred

Tip range 0.53-0.64 mm (21-25 thou)
Manual application
Tip Range 0.43-0.53 mm (17-21 thou)
Total output fluid pressure at spray tip not less
than 70 kg/cm² (995 p.s.i.)
Air Spray Recommended Gun DeVilbiss MBC or JGA
(Pressure Pot) Air Cap 704 or 765
Fluid Tip E
Air Spray Recommended Use suitable proprietary equipment
(Conventional)
Brush Suitable Only for small areas or touch ups
Roller Suitable Only for small areas or touch ups
Thinner International GTA136 Do not thin more than allowed by local
environmental legislation
Cleaner International GTA803
Work Stoppages Do not allow material to remain in hoses, gun or spray equipment.
Thoroughly flush all equipment with International GTA803. Once units of
paint have been mixed they should not be resealed and it is advised that
after prolonged stoppages work recommences with freshly mixed units.
Clean Up Clean all equipment immediately after use with International GTA803. It is
good working practice to periodically flush out spray equipment during the
course of the working day. Frequency of cleaning will depend upon amount
sprayed, temperature and elapsed time, including any delays.
All surplus materials and empty containers should be disposed of in

accordance with appropriate regional regulations/legislation.
Page 2 of 4
Interplate® 317
PRODUCT Satisfactory welding properties will only be obtained by strict control of application to the
CHARACTERISTICS recommended film thickness. Over application of Interplate 317 will result in increased levels of
weld fume on cutting and welding, and will also increase the porosity of the welds.
Interplate 317 is designed for application by automatic plant; if small areas are to be hand sprayed,
take care to avoid dry spray and over-application.
Note, this product dries too quickly to enable accurate wet film thickness measurements.
Failure to obtain an even film and coverage of blast profile will result in rapid rash rusting on
exposure to weathering.
The drying times quoted are for the recommended dry film thickness at the stated temperatures
when using automated process. Failure to adhere to these parameters can result in damage to
equipment, rollers and disruption of the coated surface due to handling damage on stacking. Best
results are obtained by using steel preheated to a temperature of 40°C (104°F).
Thicker films of Interplate 317 will provide longer periods of corrosion resistance, but will
compromise welding, cutting and handling properties. In most environments to obtain 6-9 months
protection 25 microns (1 mil) is the recommended dry film thickness.
Satisfactory curing for overcoating within 24 hours will not be achieved at relative humidities of less
than 50%. At relative humidities below 50%, curing will be severely retarded and humidity may
need to be increased by steam or water spraying.
Note, this product dries too quickly to enable accurate wet film thickness measurements.
The premature exposure of Interplate 317 to ponding water will cause a colour change which may
be permanent. This is a cosmetic affect and will not affect the anti-corrosive protection offered by
Interplate 317.
For further information on application, handling and weathering properties, consult International
Protective Coatings.
This product has the following specification approvals:
• Weld Quality - Approval of Prefabrication Primers (LR)

• Weld Quality - Shop Primers for Corrosion Protection of Steel Plates and Structures (DNV)
• Weld Quality - Weldable Prefabrication Shop Primer (ABS)
Note: VOC values are typical and are provided for guidance purpose only. These may be subject
to variation depending on factors such as differences in colour and normal manufacturing
tolerances.
SYSTEMS Interplate 317 can be overcoated with a number of systems suitable for steel protection in a wide
COMPATIBILITY range of environments.
Suitable intermediates are:
Intercure 200 Intercure 420

Intergard 251 Intergard 269
Intergard 343 Intergard 475HS
Interseal 670HS Intershield 300
Interzone 1000 Interzone 505
Interzone 954
Page 3 of 4
Interplate® 317
D ADDITIONAL Further information regarding industry standards, terms and abbreviations used in this data sheet
et INFORMATION can be found in the following documents available at www.international-pc.com:
ail
T • Definitions & Abbreviations
o
p • Surface Preparation
• Paint Application
• Theoretical & Practical Coverage
Individual copies of these information sections are available upon request.
SAFETY This product is intended for use only by professional applicators in industrial situations in
PRECAUTIONS accordance with the advice given on this sheet, the Material Safety Data Sheet and the
container(s), and should not be used without reference to the Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)
which International Protective Coatings has provided to its customers.
All work involving the application and use of this product should be performed in compliance with all
relevant national, Health, Safety & Environmental standards and regulations.
In the event welding or flame cutting is performed on metal coated with this product, dust and
fumes will be emitted which will require the use of appropriate personal protective equipment and
adequate local exhaust ventilation.
If in doubt regarding the suitability of use of this product, consult International Protective Coatings
for further advice.
Rect Top
PACK SIZE Unit Size Part A Part B
Vol Pack Vol Pack
20 litre 10 litre 20 litre 10 litre 10 litre
For availability of other pack sizes, contact International Protective Coatings.

SHIPPING WEIGHT Unit Size Part A Part B
20 litre 21.89 kg 9.31 kg
STORAGE Shelf Life 12 months (Part A) & 6 months (Part B) minimum at 25°C (77°F)
Subject to re-inspection thereafter. Store in dry, shaded
conditions away from sources of heat and ignition.
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
The information in this data sheet is not intended to be exhaustive; any person using the product for any purpose other than that specifically recommended in this data sheet without first
obtaining written confirmation from us as to the suitability of the product for the intended purpose does so at their own risk. All advice given or statements made about the product
(whether in this data sheet or otherwise) is correct to the best of our knowledge but we have no control over the quality or the condition of the substrate or the many factors affecting the
use and application of the product. Therefore, unless we specifically agree in writing to do so, we do not accept any liability at all for the performance of the product or for (subject to the
maximum extent permitted by law) any loss or damage arising out of the use of the product. We hereby disclaim any warranties or representations, express or implied, by operation of
law or otherwise, including, without limitation, any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. All products supplied and technical advice given are subject to
our Conditions of Sale. You should request a copy of this document and review it carefully. The information contained in this data sheet is liable to modification from time to time in the
light of experience and our policy of continuous development. It is the user's responsibility to check with their local International Paint representative that this data sheet is current prior to
using the product.
Copyright © AkzoNobel, 15/12/2009.
, International and all product names mentioned in this publication are trademarks of, or licensed to, AkzoNobel.
www.international-pc.com
Page 4 of 4
Interzinc® 52
Epoxy Zinc-Rich
PRODUCT A two component, metallic zinc rich epoxy primer which complies with the composition and
DESCRIPTION performance requirements of SSPC Paint 20.
INTENDED USES As a high performance primer to give maximum protection as part of any anti-corrosive coating
system for aggressive environments including those found on offshore structures, petrochemical
facilities, pulp and paper plants, bridges and power plants.
Interzinc 52 has been designed to provide excellent corrosion resistance in both maintenance and
new construction situations.
PRACTICAL Colour Blue, Grey, Green

INFORMATION FOR
INTERZINC 52 Gloss Level Matt
Volume Solids 59% ± 2%
Typical Thickness 50-75 microns (2-3 mils) dry equivalent to

315 sq.ft/US gallon at 3 mils d.f.t and stated volume solids
Method of Application Airless Spray, Air Spray, Brush
Drying Time
5°C (41°F) 2 hours 10 hours 8 hours Extended¹

15°C (59°F) 90 minutes 6 hours 4 hours Extended¹
For curing at low temperatures an alternative curing agent is available. See Product Characteristics
for details.
Maximum overcoating intervals are shorter when using polysiloxane topcoats. Consult International
Protective Coatings for further details.
REGULATORY DATA Flash Point (Typical) Part A 29°C (84°F); Part B 30°C (86°F); Mixed 29°C (84°F)

VOC 2.80 lb/gal (336 g/lt) EPA Method 24
152 g/kg EU Solvent Emissions Directive

(Council Directive 1999/13/EC)
360 g/lt Chinese National Standard GB23985
Protective Coatings Worldwide Product

Page 1 of 4
Ref:2561
Interzinc® 52
Epoxy Zinc-Rich
SURFACE All surfaces to be coated should be clean, dry and free from contamination. Prior to paint application all surfaces
PREPARATION should be assessed and treated in accordance with ISO 8504:2000.
Oil or grease should be removed in accordance with SSPC-SP1 solvent cleaning.
Abrasive blast clean to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6. If oxidation has occurred between blasting and
application of Interzinc 52, the surface should be reblasted to the specified visual standard.
Surface defects revealed by the blast cleaning process should be ground, filled, or treated in the appropriate
manner.
A surface profile of 40-75 microns (1.6-3.0 mils) is recommended.
Shop Primed Steelwork
Interzinc 52 is suitable for application to unweathered steelwork freshly coated with zinc silicate shop primers.
If the zinc shop primer shows extensive or widely scattered breakdown, or excessive zinc corrosion products,
overall sweep blasting will be necessary. Other types of shop primer are not suitable for overcoating and will
require complete removal by abrasive blast cleaning.
Weld seams and damaged areas should be cleaned to a minimum St3 (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP3.
Optimum performance will be achieved with blasting to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6; where this is
not practical, power tool preparation to SSPC-SP11 is recommended.
APPLICATION Mixing Material is supplied in two containers as a unit. Always mix a complete unit in the
proportions supplied. Once the unit has been mixed it must be used within the
working pot life specified.
(1) Agitate Base (Part A) with a power agitator.
(2) Combine entire contents of Curing Agent (Part B) with Base
(Part A) and mix thoroughly with power agitator.
24 hours 12 hours 5 hours 2 hours
Airless Spray Recommended Tip Range 0.43-0.53 mm (17-21 thou)

Total output fluid pressure at spray tip not less than 176
kg/cm² (2503 p.s.i.)

Fluid Tip E
Brush Suitable - small areas only Typically 50-75 microns (2.0-3.0 mils) can be achieved
Roller Not recommended
Thinner International GTA220 Thinning is not normally required. Consult the local
(or International GTA415) representative for advice during application in extreme
conditions. Do not thin more than allowed by local
environmental legislation.
Cleaner International GTA822 (or International GTA415)
Work Stoppages Do not allow material to remain in hoses, gun or spray equipment. Thoroughly flush
all equipment with International GTA822. Once units of paint have been mixed they
should not be resealed and it is advised that after prolonged stoppages work
recommences with freshly mixed units.
Clean Up Clean all equipment immediately after use with International GTA822. It is good
working practice to periodically flush out spray equipment during the course of the
working day. Frequency of cleaning will depend upon amount sprayed, temperature
and elapsed time, including any delays.
All surplus materials and empty containers should be disposed of in accordance with
approrpriate regional regulations/legislation.
Page 2 of 4
Interzinc® 52
Epoxy Zinc-Rich
PRODUCT In order to ensure good anti-corrosive performance, it is important to achieve a minimum dry film
CHARACTERISTICS thickness of Interzinc 52 of 40 microns (1.5 mils). To achieve a uniform, coalesced, closed film at this dry
film thickness, it will be necessary to thin Interzinc 52 10% with International thinners. The film thickness
of Interzinc 52 applied must be compatible with the blast profile achieved during surface preparation. Low
film thickness should not be applied over coarse blast profiles.
Care should be excercised to avoid the application of dry film thicknesses in excess of 150 microns (6
mils). Care should be exercised to avoid over-application, which may result in cohesive film failure with
subsequent high builds, and to avoid dry spray which can lead to pinholing of subsequent coats. Over-
application will also result in slower curing and extended handling and overcoating times. Over-
application of Interzinc 52 will extend both the minimum overcoating periods and handling times, and may
be detrimental to long term overcoating properties.
When Interzinc 52 is allowed to weather before topcoating ensure all zinc salts are removed prior to paint
application and only topcoat with recommended materials.
Surface temperature must always be a minimum of 3°C (5°F) above dew point.
Interzinc 52 is not normally recommended for underwater use. Please consult International Protective
Coatings for details in this situation.
Interzinc 52 is suitable for the localised repair of damaged inorganic zinc primer - consult International
Protective Coatings for specific advice.
Low Temperature Curing
An alternative curing agent is available for applications at temperatures less than 5°C (41°F). When using
this alternative curing agent it should be noted that the VOC will increase to 384 g/l (EPA Method 24) and
the Part B flash point is 24ºC (79ºF).
Interzinc 52 is capable of curing at temperatures below 0°C (32°F). However, this product should not be
applied at temperatures below 0°C (32°F) where there is a possibility of ice formation on the substrate.
Minimum overcoating interval
with recommended topcoats
Temperature Touch Dry Hard Dry Minimum Maximum Pot Life
-5°C (23°F) 3 hours 31 hours 31 hours Extended* 18 hours
0°C (32°F) 2.5 hours 16 hours 16 hours Extended* 18 hours
5°C (41°F) 30 minutes 4 hours 4 hours Extended* 18 hours
15°C (59°F) 20 minutes 3.5 hours 3.5 hours Extended* 8 hours
25°C (77°F) 15 minutes 3 hours 3 hours Extended* 2.5 hours
Touch dry times shown above are actual drying times due to chemical cure, rather than physical set due
to solidification of the coating film at temperatures below 0°C (32°F)
* See International Protective Coatings Definitions & Abbreviations
For further details regarding cure times and overcoatability, please contact International Protective
Coatings.
• Steel Structures Painting Council - SSPC Paint 20
On consultation with International Protective Coatings this product is compatible with alternative
application methods such as flow coating.
Note: VOC values are typical and are provided for guidance purpose only. These may be subject to
variation depending on factors such as differences in colour and normal manufacturing tolerances.
Low molecular weight reactive additives, which will form part of the film during normal ambient cure
conditions, will also affect VOC values determined using EPA Method 24.
SYSTEMS Interzinc 52 is designed for application to correctly prepared steel. However, it is also possible to apply
COMPATIBILITY over approved prefabrication primers. Further details of these can be obtained from International
Protective Coatings. Recommended topcoats are:
Intercure 200 InterH2O 401
Intercure 420 Interseal 670HS
Interfine 629HS Interthane 990
Intergard 251 Interzone 1000
Intergard 475HS Interzone 954
Intergard 740
For other suitable topcoats, consult International Protective Coatings.
Page 3 of 4
Interzinc® 52
Epoxy Zinc-Rich
ail
o
for further advice.
Rect Top
Vol Pack Vol Pack
10 litre 8 litre 10 litre 2 litre 2.5 litre
3 US gal 2.4 US gal 3.5 US gal 0.6 US gal 1 US gal

(TYPICAL) 10 litre 24.5 kg 2.1 kg
3 US gal 63.3 lb 5.3 lb
STORAGE Shelf Life 12 months minimum at 25°C (77°F). Subject to re-inspection thereafter. Store
in dry, shaded conditions away from sources of heat and ignition.
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
light of experience and our policy of continuous development. It is the user's responsibility to check with their local representative that this data sheet is current prior to using the product.
This Technical Data Sheet is available on our website at www.international-marine.com or www.international-pc.com, and should be the same as this document. Should there be any
discrepancies between this document and the version of the Technical Data Sheet that appears on the website, then the version on the website will take precedence.
Issue date: 16/05/2017
All trademarks mentioned in this publication are owned by, or licensed to, the AkzoNobel group of companies.
Page 4 of 4
Intergard® 475HS
Epoxy
PRODUCT A low VOC, high solids, high build, two component epoxy coating. Available with conventional
DESCRIPTION pigmentation, or alternatively can be pigmented with micaceous iron oxide to provide enhanced
overcoating properties.
INTENDED USES For use as a high build epoxy coating to improve barrier protection for a range of anti-corrosive
coating systems in a wide range of environments including offshore structures, petrochemical
plants, pulp and paper mills and bridges.
Suitable for use in both maintenance and new construction situations as part of an anti-corrosive
coating system.
The micaceous iron oxide variant improves long term overcoating properties, better facilitating
application in the fabrication shop, prior to shipping, with final overcoating on site.
PRACTICAL Colour Light Grey MIO and a selected range of colours

INFORMATION FOR
INTERGARD 475HS Gloss Level Matt
Volume Solids 80%
125-250 microns (5-10 mils) wet
Method of Application Airless Spray, Air Spray, Brush, Roller

Drying Time
-5°C (23°F) 150 minutes 48 hours 48 hours Extended¹

Maximum overcoating intervals are shorter when using polysiloxane topcoats. Consult International
Protective Coatings for further details.
For curing at elevated temperatures an alternative curing agent is available. See Product
Characteristics for details.


Page 1 of 4
Ref:2153
Intergard® 475HS
Epoxy
Primed Surfaces
Intergard 475HS should always be applied over a recommended anti-corrosive coating scheme.
The primer surface should be dry and free from all contamination and Intergard 475HS must be
applied within the overcoating intervals specified (consult the relevant product data sheet).
Areas of breakdown, damage etc., should be prepared to the specified standard (e.g. Sa2½ (ISO
8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6, Abrasive Blasting, or SSPC-SP11, Power Tool Cleaning) and patch
primed prior to the application of Intergard 475HS.
Metallic Zinc Primed Surfaces
Ensure that the surface of the primer is clean, dry and free from contamination and zinc salts before
application of Intergard 475HS. Ensure zinc primers are fully cured before overcoating.
APPLICATION Mixing Material is supplied in two containers as a unit. Always mix a complete unit
in the proportions supplied. Once the unit has been mixed it must be used
within the working pot life specified.
Working Pot Life -5°C (23°F) 5°C (41°F) 15°C (59°F) 25°C (77°F)
3 hours 3 hours 2.5 hours 2 hours

than 190 kg/cm² (2702 p.s.i.)
Fluid Tip E
Brush Suitable Typically 75 microns (3.0 mils) can be achieved
Roller Suitable Typically 75 microns (3.0 mils) can be achieved
Thinner International GTA007 Thinning is not normally required. Consult the

local representative for advice during application
in extreme conditions. Do not thin more than
allowed by local environmental legislation.
Cleaner International GTA822 (or International GTA415)

Page 2 of 4
Intergard® 475HS
Epoxy
PRODUCT Intergard 475HS is primarily designed for use as a high build barrier coat to impart barrier protection to a
CHARACTERISTICS coating system. It is recommended that it should be overcoated with a durable finish from the Interfine or
Interthane range when appearance is important.
Maximum film build in one coat is best attained by airless spray. When applying by methods other than
airless spray, the required film build is unlikely to be achieved. Application by air spray may require a
multiple cross spray pattern to attain maximum film build. Low or high temperatures may require specific
application techniques to achieve maximum film build.
When applying Intergard 475HS by brush or roller, it may be necessary to apply multiple coats to achieve
the total specified system dry film thickness.
Surface temperature must always be a minimum of 3°C above dew point. When applying Intergard
475HS in confined spaces ensure adequate ventilation. Exposure to unacceptably low temperatures
and/or high humidities during or immediately after application may result in incomplete cure and surface
contamination that could jeopardise subsequent intercoat adhesion.
Elevated Temperature Curing
An alternative curing agent is available for applications at temperatures greater than 25°C (77°F).

25°C (77°F) 90 minutes 6 hours 6 hours Extended *

40°C (104°F) 60 minutes 2 hours 2 hours Extended *
* See International Protective Coatings Definitions and Abbreviations
Interchanging standard and elevated temperature curing agents during application to a specific structure
will give rise to an observable colour change due to the difference in the yellowing/discolouration process
common to all epoxies on exposure to UV light. In common with all epoxies Intergard 475HS will chalk
and discolour on exterior exposure. However, these phenomena are not detrimental to anti-corrosive
performance.
Intergard 475HS is not designed for continuous water immersion.
The micaceous iron oxide variant of this product is frequently used as a 'travel coat' prior to final
overcoating on site. To ensure best extended overcoating properties ensure over-application does not
occur and that the surface is fully cleaned of any contamination which may be present in the surface
texture due to the coarse nature of the micaceous iron oxide pigmentation.
When applying Intergard 475HS at temperatures less than 15°C (59°F) or wet film thicknesses of 150
microns (6 mils) or less, addition of around 5% International GTA007 thinners will improve film
appearance, sprayability and aid film thickness control.
SYSTEMS Intergard 475HS is designed for use over correctly primed steel. Suitable primers are:
COMPATIBILITY
Intercure 200 Interzinc 22 * (mist coat or tie coat may be required)
Intergard 251 Interzinc 315
Interzinc 2280* (mist coat or tie coat may be required)
Suitable topcoats are:
Intergard 740 Interfine 629HS

Interthane 990 Intergard 475HS
For alternative primers and finishes, consult International Protective Coatings.
See relevant product data sheet for details.
Page 3 of 4
Intergard® 475HS
Epoxy
ail
o
for further advice.
Rect Top
Vol Pack Vol Pack
5 US gal 3 US gal 5 US gal 1 US gal 1 US gal

(TYPICAL)
20 litre 29.3 kg 9.3 kg
5 US gal 57.1 lb 8.4 lb
STORAGE Shelf Life 12 months minimum at 25°C (77°F). Subject to re-inspection thereafter.
Store in dry, shaded conditions away from sources of heat and ignition.
Elevated storage temperatures reduce shelf life.
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
Page 4 of 4
Interthane® 990SG
Polyurethane
PRODUCT A two component acrylic polyurethane finish giving excellent durability and long term recoatability.
DESCRIPTION
INTENDED USES Suitable for use in both new construction and as an industrial maintenance finish which can be
used in a wide variety of environments including offshore structures, petrochemical facilities,
bridges, pulp and paper mills, and in the power industry.
Particularly designed for use in areas where a high gloss is either not desired or where a semi-
gloss is the preferred option.
PRACTICAL Colour Wide range via the Chromascan system

INFORMATION FOR
INTERTHANE 990SG Gloss Level Semi-gloss
Volume Solids 72% ± 3% (depends on colour)
Method of Application Air Spray, Airless Spray, Brush, Roller
Drying Time
Overcoating interval with self

15°C (59°F) 2.5 hours 10 hours 10 hours Extended¹
40°C (104°F) 1 hour 3 hours 3 hours Extended¹
VOC 236 g/kg EU Solvent Emissions Directive
Protective Coatings
Page 1 of 4
Ref:4645
Interthane® 990SG
Polyurethane
Primed Surfaces
Interthane 990SG should always be applied over a recommended anti-corrosive coating scheme.
The primer surface should be dry and free from all contamination and Interthane 990SG must be
primed prior to the application of Interthane 990SG.
7 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours 45 minutes

than 155 kg/cm² (2204 p.s.i.)
Fluid Tip E
Air Spray Suitable Use suitable proprietary equipment
(Conventional)
Brush Suitable Typically 50-75 microns (2.0-3.0 mils) can be
achieved
Roller Suitable Typically 50-75 microns (2.0-3.0 mils) can be
achieved
Thinner International GTA713 (or Do not thin more than allowed by local
International GTA733 or environmental legislation
International GTA056)
Cleaner International GTA713 or (International GTA733 or International GTA056)

Page 2 of 4
Interthane® 990SG
Polyurethane
PRODUCT Level of sheen and surface finish are dependent on application method. Avoid using a mixture of
CHARACTERISTICS application methods whenever possible.
For brush and roller application, and in some colours, two or more coats of Interthane 990SG may
be required to give uniform coverage, especially when applying Interthane 990SG over dark
undercoats, and when using certain lead free bright colours such as yellows and oranges. Best
practice is to use a colour compatible intermediate or anticorrosive coating under the Interthane
990SG.
When overcoating after weathering or ageing, ensure the coating is fully cleaned to remove all
surface contamination such as oil, grease, salt crystals and traffic fumes, before application of a
further coat of Interthane 990SG.
Absolute measured adhesion of topcoats to aged Interthane 990SG is less than that to fresh
material, however, it is adequate for the specified end use.
This product must only be thinned using the recommended International thinners.
When applying Interthane 990SG in confined spaces ensure adequate ventilation.
Condensation occurring during or immediately after application may result in a matt finish and an
inferior film.
Premature exposure to ponding water will cause colour change, especially in dark colours and at
low temperatures.
This product is not recommended for use in immersion conditions. When severe chemical or
solvent splashing is likely to occur contact International Protective Coatings for information
regarding suitability.
tolerances.
SYSTEMS The following primers/intermediates are recommended for Interthane 990SG:

COMPATIBILITY
Intercure 200HS Interzinc 315
Intercure 420 Interzinc 52
Intergard 251 Interzinc 52HS
Interthane 990SG should only be overcoated with itself.
For other suitable primers/intermediates/topcoats, consult International Protective Coatings.
Page 3 of 4
Interthane® 990SG
Polyurethane
ail
o
for further advice.
Warning: Contains isocyanate. Wear air-fed hood for spray application.

Rect Top
Vol Pack Vol Pack
20 litre 17.14 litre 20 litre 2.86 litre 3.7 litre
5 litre 4.29 litre 5 litre 0.71 litre 1 litre

(TYPICAL)
20 litre 26.9 kg 3.5 kg
5 litre 7 kg 0.9 kg
STORAGE Shelf Life 24 months (Part A) & 12 months (Part B) minimum at 25°C (77°
F) Subject to re-inspection thereafter. Store in dry, shaded
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
Page 4 of 4
Intertherm® 228HS
Epoxy Phenolic
PRODUCT A highly crosslinked, two component, high build epoxy phenolic coating which combines properties
DESCRIPTION of corrosion and chemical resistance when used in high temperature service. Intertherm 228HS is
a next generation epoxy phenolic coating based upon novolac resin technology.
INTENDED USES Intertherm 228HS has been specifically designed to provide a corrosion resistant barrier when used
to protect steelwork beneath thermal insulation in areas subjected to wet and dry cycling.
Suitable for exposure in a wide range of highly corrosive environments, including insulated and
uninsulated carbon and stainless steel for use on the exterior of pipework, process vessels etc.,
operating at temperatures up to 230°C (446°F).
Intertherm 228HS has excellent resistance to "thermal shock" experienced during rapid
temperature cycling.
PRACTICAL Colour Limited range

INFORMATION FOR
INTERTHERM 228HS Gloss Level Eggshell
Volume Solids 70%

Method of Application Airless Spray, Air spray, Brush, Roller
Drying Time
10°C (50°F) 8 hours 28 hours 36 hours 5 days



Page 1 of 4
Ref:10032
Intertherm® 228HS
Epoxy Phenolic
PREPARATION should be assessed and treated in accordance with ISO 8504:2000. Where necessary, remove weld spatter and
where required smooth weld seams and sharp edges. Oil or grease should be removed in accordance with
SSPC-SP1 solvent cleaning.
This product must only be applied to surfaces prepared by abrasive blast cleaning to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007)
or SSPC-SP10. A sharp, angular surface profile of 50-75 microns (2-3 mils) is recommended. Intertherm 228HS
must be applied before oxidation of the steel occurs. If oxidation does occur the entire oxidised area should be
reblasted to the standard specified above. Surface defects revealed by the blast cleaning process should be
ground, filled or treated in the appropriate manner.
Power Tool Cleaning (Small Areas Only)
Intertherm 228HS is suitable for application over power tool cleaned surfaces prepared to a minimum of SSPC-
SP11. Note, all scale must be removed and all areas which cannot be prepared adequately should be spot
blasted to a minimum standard of Sa2 (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6.
Stainless Steel
Ensure surface is clean, dry and free from metal corrosion products prior to coating. Light sweep with non-
metallic and chloride free abrasive (e.g. aluminium oxide or garnet) to obtain anchor profile of approximately 50
microns (2 mils).
Avoid mixing for prolonged periods as heat generated will significantly reduce pot
life.
5 hours 4 hours 90 minutes 45 minutes

kg/cm² (2503 p.s.i.)

(Pressure Pot) Air Cap 62
Fluid Tip AC
Brush Suitable - Small areas Typically 50-75 microns (2.0-3.0 mils) can be achieved
Roller Suitable - Small areas Typically 50-75 microns (2.0-3.0 mils) can be achieved
Thinner International GTA220 (or Do not thin more than allowed by local environmental
GTA415) legislation
Cleaner International GTA822 (or GTA415)
working practice to periodically clean equipment during the course of the working
day. Frequency of cleaning will depend upon amount used, temperature and elapsed
time, including any delays.
appropriate regional regulations/legislation.
Page 2 of 4
Intertherm® 228HS
Epoxy Phenolic
PRODUCT Intertherm 228HS is typically applied as a two coat system at 100-150 microns (4-6 mils) per coat
CHARACTERISTICS to give a total coating system dry film thickness of 200-300 microns (8-12 mils).
Care should be taken to avoid over application which can lead to cracking when the full coating
system is exposed to elevated temperatures. The total coating system thickness applied should not
exceed 350μm (13.8 mils).
Maximum film build in one coat is best attained by airless spray. When applying by methods other
than airless spray, the required film build is unlikely to be achieved. Application by air spray may
require a multiple cross spray pattern to attain optimum film build. The use of other methods, e.g.
brush or roller, may require more than one coat and are suggested only for small areas and initial
stripe coating.
When applying Intertherm 228HS by brush or roller, it may be necessary to apply multiple coats to
achieve the total specified system dry film thickness.
If Intertherm 228HS is to be applied by brush to coat small areas for maintenance purposes, it is
recommended that Intertherm 228HS is applied as a three coat system at 65 microns (2.5 mils) per
coat to give a total coating system dry film thickness of 195 microns (7.5 mils).
Steel surface temperature must always be a minimum of 3°C (5°F) above dew point. Application at
temperatures below 10°C (50°F) will result in extended drying times. The relative humidity during
application and curing should not exceed 80%. When applying Intertherm 228HS in confined
spaces ensure adequate ventilation.
After the last coat has cured hard, the coating system dry film thickness should be measured using
a suitable non-destructive magnetic gauge to verify the average total applied system thickness. The
coating system should be free of all pinholes or other holidays. The cured film should be essentially
free of runs, sags, drips, inclusions or other defects. All deficiencies and defects should be
corrected.
The curing times will vary depending upon dry film thickness and conditions that exist during
application and throughout curing periods.
Maximum performance is not attained until the film has completely cured. Cure is a function of
temperature, humidity and film thickness. Normally Intertherm 228HS coating systems at 300
microns (12 mils) dry film thickness will exhibit full and complete cure for optimal temperature
resistance in 7-10 days at 25°C (77°F). Curing times are proportionately shorter at elevated
temperatures and longer at lower temperatures.
In common with all epoxies Intertherm 228HS will chalk and "yellow" on exterior exposure.
Intertherm 228HS will also show a marked colour change when exposed to higher temperatures.
However, these phenomena are not detrimental to anti-corrosive performance provided
recommended temperature limits are not exceeded.
Intertherm 228HS is suitable for protection of insulated steelwork, which may cycle between wet
and dry conditions, and is operating at continuous in-service temperatures ranging from ambient up
to 200°C (392°F), with intermittent surges up to 230°C (446°F).
Intertherm 228HS is an immersion grade epoxy phenolic coating, and is suitable for use in
situations of continuous intimate contact with wet insulation.
tolerances.
SYSTEMS This system is self-priming and is not suitable for application over other primers.
COMPATIBILITY
Intertherm 228HS is normally topcoated with itself, for other suitable topcoats please consult
International Protective Coatings.
Page 3 of 4
Intertherm® 228HS
Epoxy Phenolic
ail
o
for further advice.
Rect Top
Vol Pack Vol Pack
5 US gal 4.29 US gal 5 US gal 0.71 US gal 1 US gal

(TYPICAL)
20 litre 35.11 kg 2.75 kg
5 US gal 77.1 lb 6.5 lb
STORAGE Shelf Life 12 months at 25°C (77°F). Subject to re-inspection thereafter.

Store in dry, shaded conditions away from sources of heat and
ignition.
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
Page 4 of 4
Interzinc® 2280
Inorganic Zinc Rich Silicate
PRODUCT Part of the Interzinc 22 series of products.
DESCRIPTION
A two component, rapid recoat, fast curing solvent based inorganic zinc rich ethyl silicate primer.
Conforms to SSPC Paint 20 Level 2 requirements.
Available in ASTM D520, Type II zinc dust version as standard
INTENDED USES A zinc rich primer suitable for use with a wide range of high performance systems and topcoats in
both maintenance and new construction of bridges, tanks, pipework, offshore structures and
structural steelwork.
Provides excellent corrosion protection for correctly prepared steel substrates, up to temperatures
of 540°C (1004°F) when suitably topcoated.
Fast drying primer capable of application in a wide range of climatic conditions.
PRACTICAL Colour Green Grey

INFORMATION FOR
INTERZINC 2280 Gloss Level Matt
Volume Solids 65%
Method of Application Airless Spray, Air Spray
Drying Time

15°C (59°F) 20 minutes 1.5 hours 9 hours Extended¹
25°C (77°F) 10 minutes 1 hour 4.5 hours Extended¹
40°C (104°F) 5 minutes 30 minutes 1.5 hours Extended¹
The drying times quoted have been determined at the quoted temperature and 55% relative
humidity. The 5°C (41°F) time was determined at 60% relative humidity. Prior to overcoating, verify
a value of 4 via ASTM D4752 MEK rub test. See Product Characteristics section for more details on
overcoating.
REGULATORY DATA Flash Point (Typical) Part A 13°C (55°F); Mixed 13°C (55°F)


Page 1 of 4
Ref:4312
Interzinc® 2280
SURFACE All surfaces to be coated should be clean, dry and free from contamination. Prior to application all surfaces
PREPARATION should be assessed and treated in accordance with ISO 8504:2000
Abrasive blast clean to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6 (or SSPC-SP10 for optimum performance). If
oxidation has occurred between blasting and application of Interzinc 2280, the surface should be reblasted to
the specified visual standard.
manner.
A surface profile of 40-75 microns (1.5-3.0 mils) is recommended.
Shop Primed Steelwork
Interzinc 2280 is suitable for application to unweathered steelwork freshly coated with zinc silicate shop primers.
Weld seams and damaged areas should be blast cleaned to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6.
Damaged / Repair Areas
All damaged areas should ideally be blast cleaned to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6. However, it is
acceptable that small areas can be power tool cleaned to Pt3 (JSRA SPSS:1984) or SSPC-SP11, provided the
area is not polished. Repair of the damaged area can then be carried out using a recommended zinc epoxy
primer - consult International Protective Coatings for specific advice.
APPLICATION Mixing Interzinc 2280 is supplied in two parts, a liquid Binder base component (Part A) and
a Powder component (Part B). The Powder (Part B) should be slowly added to the
liquid Binder (Part A) whilst stirring with a mechanical agitator. DO NOT ADD LIQUID
TO POWDER. Material should be filtered prior to application and should be
constantly agitated in the pot during spraying. Once the unit has been mixed it
should be used within the working pot life specified.
Mix Ratio 3.55 part(s) : 1 part(s) by volume

kg/cm² (1593 p.s.i.)

Fluid Tip E
Roller Not recommended
(or International GTA415) representative for advice during application in extreme
conditions. Do not thin more than allowed by local
Cleaner International GTA803 or International GTA415
Page 2 of 4
Interzinc® 2280
PRODUCT Prior to overcoating, Interzinc 2280 must be clean, dry and free from both soluble salts and excessive
CHARACTERISTICS zinc corrosion products.
When applying Interzinc 2280 in confined spaces ensure adequate ventilation.
If thinning is required to assist spray application in warmer climates, (typically >28°C (82°F)), it is
recommended that International GTA803 thinners are used
It is recommended that prior to overcoating a solvent rub test to ASTM D4752 should be undertaken. A
value of 4 indicates a satisfactory degree of cure for overcoating purposes.
At relative humidities below 55%, curing will be retarded. Humidity may be increased by the use of steam
or water spraying. However, cure at relative humidities below 55% is more effectively achieved by
incorporating the Low Humidity Cure Accelerator*; some example overcoating times at 15ºC (59ºF) are
detailed below;
Relative Humidity (%) 20 30 40

Minimum Overcoating Interval 24 hours 10 hours 10 hours
The Interzinc 2280 Application Guidelines contain further information on expected cure times at lower
relative humidities.
Excessive film thickness and/or over-application of Interzinc 2280 can lead to mudcracking, which will
require complete removal of the affected areas by abrasive blasting and re-application in accordance with
the original specification.
Care should be exercised to avoid application of dry film thickness in excess of 125 microns (5 mils).
For high temperature systems the thickness of Interzinc 2280 should be restricted to 50 microns (2 mils)
d.f.t. Continuous dry temperature resistance of Interzinc 2280 is 400°C (752°F) if left untopcoated,
however, if this product is used as a primer for Intertherm 50, the dry temperature resistance will be 540°
C (1004°F).
Untopcoated Interzinc 2280 is not suitable for exposure in acid or alkaline conditions or continuous water
immersion.

ASTM A490 Class B Slip Coefficient
*Only available in Europe, China, Middle East, Africa and Russia.
SYSTEMS When it is necessary for Interzinc 2280 to be overcoated by itself due to low dry film thickness, the
COMPATIBILITY coating surface must be fresh and unweathered. A minimum of 50 microns (2 mils) d.f.t of any
subsequent coat of Interzinc 2280 is needed to ensure good film formation.
Before overcoating with recommended topcoats ensure the Interzinc 2280 is fully cured (see above) and
if weathering has occurred all zinc salts should be removed from the surface by fresh water washing, and
if necessary scrubbing with bristle brushes.
Typical topcoats and intermediates are:
Intercure 200 Intergard 475HS

Intergard 251 Intergard 269
Intertherm 50 Interplus 356
In some cases it may be necessary to apply a mist coat of suitable viscosity to minimise bubbling. This
will depend upon the age of the Interzinc 2280, surface roughness and ambient conditions during curing
and application. Alternatively, an epoxy sealer coat, such as Intergard 269, can be used to reduce
bubbling problems.
For other suitable topcoats/intermediates consult International Protective Coatings
Page 3 of 4
Interzinc® 2280
ail
o
• Interzinc 2280 Application Guidelines
for further advice.
Rect Top
Vol Pack Vol Pack
15.3 litre 11.93 litre 15 litre 3.36 litre 20 litre

(TYPICAL)
15.3 litre 14.5 kg 25.6 kg
STORAGE Shelf Life Part A: 6 months minimum at 25°C (77°F).

Part B: 12 months minimum at 25°C (77°F).
Subject to re-inspection thereafter. Store in dry, shaded
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
Page 4 of 4
Intertherm® 50
High Temperature Silicone
PRODUCT A single component, high temperature coating, based on a moisture curing silicone binder.
DESCRIPTION
The moisture curing crosslinking mechanism allows multiple coats to be applied without heat
curing. Suitable for temperatures up to 540°C (1004°F).
INTENDED USES For the protection of steel from corrosion on areas including flare stacks, chimneys, exhausts, vents
and pipework, at temperatures up to 540°C (1004°F).
Where maximum corrosion protection is required, application should be over a zinc silicate primer
(e.g. Interzinc 22).
PRACTICAL Colour Aluminium, Black

INFORMATION FOR
INTERTHERM 50 Gloss Level Not applicable
Volume Solids 45%
Typical Thickness 25 microns (1 mils) dry equivalent to 56 microns (2.2 mils) wet
Theoretical Coverage 18 m²/litre at 25 microns d.f.t and stated volume solids
Method of Application Air Spray, Brush, Roller

Drying Time

40°C (104°F) 15 minutes 1 hour 6 hours Extended¹
REGULATORY DATA Flash Point (Typical) 25°C (77°F)


Page 1 of 4
Ref:2494
Intertherm® 50
application of Intertherm 50, the surface should be reblasted to the specified visual standard.
manner.
A surface profile of 25-50 microns (1-2 mils) is recommended.
Hand or Power Tool Preparation
Any coatings present on the surface must be removed prior to the application of Intertherm 50.
Hand or power tool clean to a minimum St3 (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP3.
Note, all scale must be removed and areas which cannot be prepared adequately by chipping or needle gun
should be spot blasted to a minimum standard of Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6. Typically this would
apply to C or D grade rusting in this standard.
Primed Surfaces
Intertherm 50 is suitable for application to unweathered steelwork freshly coated with zinc silicate shop primers.
Weld seams and damaged areas should be blast cleaned to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6.
Aluminium Metal Spray
Metal sprayed surfaces should be fresh, clean and free from moisture or surface contamination.
APPLICATION Mixing This material is a one component coating and should always be mixed thoroughly
with a power agitator before application.
Mix Ratio Not applicable
Airless Spray Not recommended

Fluid Tip E
Air Spray Recommended Use suitable proprietary equipment

(Conventional)
Roller Suitable - small areas only Typically 15-20 microns (0.6-0.8 mils) can be achieved
Thinner International GTA007 Do not thin more than allowed by local environmental
legislation
all equipment with International GTA007. Partially filled containers may show surface
skinning and/or a viscosity increase of the material after storage.
Page 2 of 4
Intertherm® 50
PRODUCT Intertherm 50 is moisture curing, and does not evolve water vapour during the heat curing
CHARACTERISTICS mechanism as with standard silicones. Application at thicknesses of 25 microns (1 mil) are
therefore possible rather than normal thicknesses of 15 microns (0.6 mil).
Maximum thickness which can be applied in a single coat without subsequent blistering on heating
is 40 microns (1.6 mil).
Up to 3 coats at a maximum of 25 microns (1 mil) per coat can be applied without the requirement
of heating between coats. This provides maximum corrosion protection when it is not possible to
use a zinc silicate priming system.
Intertherm 50 is available in an aluminium or black version. It is recommended that the aluminium

version is always used where possible due to its superior performance. The black version should
only be used for specialist applications / requirements. For further information contact International
Intertherm 50 Aluminium version is suitable for the protection of abrasive blast cleaned steel
operating at continuous dry temperatures up to 540°C (1004°F). However, the maximum service
temperature over hand prepared substrates is 400°C (752°F).
Intertherm 50 Black version is suitable for the protection of abrasive blast cleaned steel operating at
continuous dry temperatures up to 400°C (752°F). However, the maximum service temperature
over hand prepared substrates is 300°C (572°F).
When using in high heat service over inorganic zinc primer, the products should be applied in strict
accordance with film thickness specifications, since application of excessive thicknesses may
cause blistering. Determine that the inorganic zinc primer is thoroughly cured prior to application of
the high heat coating by following the curing instructions given on the relevant product data sheet.
When using a zinc silicate primer to obtain maximum corrosion resistance the recommended
thickness of zinc silicate is 50 microns (2 mils) dry film thickness to ensure maximum surface
strength for any subsequent temperature cycling and to avoid flaking of topcoats.
It is preferable to overcoat zinc silicate before weathering but in cases where this is not possible
then the zinc silicate surface should be clean and free of zinc corrosion products.
In corrosive environments, the use of Intertherm 50 Black directly over zinc silicate primer can lead
to a marked colour change from black to grey due to the 'salting' of the underlying primer. This
colour change can be significantly reduced by first sealing the zinc silicate primer with a single coat
of Intertherm 50 Aluminium prior to the application of Intertherm 50 Black. The maximum dry
temperature resistance of this system is 400°C (752°F).
Intertherm 50 is not suitable for exposure in acid or alkaline environments.
Intertherm 50 Aluminium version has the following specification approvals:

• BS5493 (1977) : CP7
• Shell Specification DEP 40.48.00.30 Gen. Chapter VI (h)
SYSTEMS This specialist coating is only compatible with a very limited number of products.
COMPATIBILITY Suitable primers are:
Interzinc 22
Interzinc 2280
Suitable topcoats are:
Intertherm 50
For other suitable primers, consult International Protective Coatings.
Page 3 of 4
Intertherm® 50
ail
o
for further advice.
Rect Top
PACK SIZE Unit Size
Vol Pack
5 US gal 5 US gal 5 US gal
4.8 litre 4.8 litre 5 litre

SHIPPING WEIGHT Unit Size
(TYPICAL)
4.8 litre 5.86 kg
5 US gal 50.5 lb
STORAGE Shelf Life 12 months minimum at 25°C (77°F). Subject to re-inspection thereafter. Store
in dry, shaded conditions away from sources of heat and ignition.
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
Page 4 of 4
a bcdefg
® ®
Interseal 670HS Protective Coatings
S u r f a c e T o l e r a n t E p o x y
W O R L D W I D E P R O D U C T R A N G E
Product A low VOC, two component high build, high solids surface tolerant epoxy
Description maintenance coating.
Available in an aluminium pigmented version to provide additional anti-corrosive
barrier protection.
Intended Uses For application to a wide variety of substrates including hand prepared rusty steel,
abrasive blast cleaned and hydroblasted steel, and a wide range of intact, aged coatings.
Provides excellent anti-corrosive protection in industrial, coastal structures, pulp and
paper plants, bridges and offshore environments in both atmospheric exposure and
immersion service.
Certified to
ANSI/NSF Standard
61. NSF Certification
is for tanks greater
than 100 gallons
(378½ litres).
Practical Colour Range

Information for Gloss Level Semi-gloss (Aluminium is eggshell)
I n t e r s e a l 670 H S
Theoretical Coverage 6.56 m2/litre at 125 microns d.f.t and stated volume solids
Method of Application Airless spray, Air spray, Brush, Roller
Drying Time ▲
Overcoating Interval Overcoating Interval with
Interseal 670HS recommended
with Self topcoats
Touch Hard
Temperature Dry Dry Min Max • Max † Min Max • Max †#
10°C (50°F) 8 hours 32 hours 32 hours 6 weeks Extended* 20 hours 21 days 12 weeks
25°C (77°F) 5 hours 18 hours 18 hours 14 days Extended* 10 hours 7 days 4 weeks
40°C (104°F) 2 hours 6 hours 6 hours 7 days Extended* 4 hours 3 days 2 weeks
▲ For curing at low temperatures, an alternative curing agent is available. See
Product Characteristics for details.
• Refers to situations where immersion is likely to occur.
† Refer to atmospheric service only.
* See International Protective Coatings Definitions & Abbreviations.
# Maximum overcoating intervals are shorter when using polysiloxane topcoats.
Consult International Protective Coatings for further details.
Regulatory Flash Point Base (Part A) C/A (Part B) Mixed

Data 36°C (97°F) 56°C (133°F) 33°C (91°F)
VOC 175 g/l UK - PG6/23(92), Appendix 3
2.00 lb/gal (240 g/l) USA - EPA Method 24
Ecotech is an initiative by International Protective Coatings a world leader in coating technology

E
to promote the use of environmentally sensitive products across the globe.
N
G
0
3
0
5
Page No. 1 of 4
Interseal 670HS
Surface The performance of this product will depend upon the degree of surface preparation. The
Preparation surface to be coated should be clean, dry and free from contamination. Prior to paint
application all surfaces should be assessed and treated in accordance with ISO 8504:1992.
Accumulated dirt and soluble salts must be removed. Dry bristle brushing will normally be
adequate for accumulated dirt. Soluble salts should be removed by fresh water washing.
For immersion service, Interseal 670HS must be applied to surfaces blast cleaned to
Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:1988) or SSPC-SP10. However, for atmospheric exposure best performance
will be achieved when Interseal 670HS is applied to surfaces prepared to a minimum of
Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:1988) or SSPC-SP6.
Surface defects revealed by the blast cleaning process, should be ground, filled, or treated in
the appropriate manner.
Hand or power tool clean to a minimum St2 (ISO 8501-1:1988) or SSPC-SP2.
Note, all scale must be removed and areas which cannot be prepared adequately by chipping
or needle gun should be spot blasted to a minimum standard of Sa2 (ISO 8501-1:1988) or
SSPC-SP6. Typically this would apply to C or D grade rusting in this standard.
Ultra High Pressure Hydroblasting/Abrasive Wet Blasting
May be applied to surfaces prepared to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:1988) or SSPC-SP6 which have flash
rusted to no worse than Grade HB2½M (refer to International Hydroblasting Standards) or
Grade SB2½M (refer to International Slurry blasting Standards). It is also possible to apply to
damp surfaces in some circumstances. Further information is available from International
Aged Coatings
Interseal 670HS is suitable for overcoating a limited range of intact, tightly adherent aged
coatings. Loose or flaking coatings should be removed back to a firm edge. Glossy finishes
may require light abrasion to provide a physical ‘key’. See Product Characteristics section for
further information.
Application Mixing Material is supplied in two containers as a unit. Always mix a complete unit
in the proportions supplied. Once the unit has been mixed it must be
used within the working pot life specified.
(2) Combine entire contents of Curing Agent (Part B)
with Base (Part A) and mix thoroughly with power agitator.
Mix Ratio 5.67 parts : 1.00 part by volume
Working Pot 10°C (50°F) 15°C (59°F) 25°C (77°F) 40°C (104°F)
Life 5 hours 3 hours 2 hours 1 hour
Airless Spray Recommended - Tip range 0.45-0.58 mm (18-23 thou)
- Total output fluid pressure at spray tip not
less than 176 kg/cm2 (2,500 p.s.i.)
Fluid Tip E
Brush Recommended Typically 100-125 microns (4-5 mils) can be
achieved
Roller Recommended Typically 75-100 microns (3-4 mils) can be
achieved
Thinner International GTA220 May be necessary at low temperatures, see
(or GTA415) Product Characteristics.
Do not thin more than allowed by local
(or GTA415)
good working practice to periodically flush out spray equipment during
the course of the working day. Frequency of cleaning will depend upon
amount sprayed, temperature and elapsed time, including any delays.
E
N
G
0
3
0
5 Page 2 of 4
Interseal 670HS
Product In order to achieve optimum performance on hand prepared steel, the aluminium pigmented
Characteristics version should be applied as a primer coat by brush to ensure thorough wetting out of the
substrate by Interseal 670HS.
For water immersion service, surface preparation to a minimum of Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:1988)
or SSPC-SP10 followed by application of multi-coats of Interseal 670HS to a total minimum dry
film thickness of 250 microns (10 mils) is required.
Maximum film build in one coat is best attained by airless spray. When applying by methods
other than airless spray, the required film build is unlikely to be achieved. Application by air
spray may require a multiple cross spray pattern to attain maximum film build. Low or high
temperatures may require specific application techniques to achieve maximum film build.
If salt water is used in the wet blast process the resulting surface must be thoroughly washed
with fresh water before application of Interseal 670HS. With freshly blasted surfaces a slight
degree of flash rusting is allowable, and is preferable to the surface being too wet. Puddles,
ponding and accumulations of water must be removed.
Interseal 670HS is suitable for overcoating intact, aged alkyd, epoxy and polyurethane systems.
However, this product is not recommended where thermoplastic coatings such as chlorinated
rubbers and vinyls have previously been used. Please consult International Protective Coatings
for alternative recommendations.
Level of sheen and surface finish is dependent on application method. Avoid using a mixture
of application methods whenever possible.
In common with all epoxies Interseal 670HS will chalk and discolour on exterior exposure.
However, these phenomena are not detrimental to anti-corrosive performance.
Premature exposure to ponding water will cause a colour change, especially in dark colours.
Interseal 670HS can be used as a non-skid deck system by modification with addition of
GMA132 (crushed flint) aggregate. Application should then be to a suitably primed surface.
Typical thicknesses will be between 500-1,000 microns (20-40 mils). Preferred application is by
a suitable large tip hopper gun (e.g. Sagola 429 or Air texture gun fitted with a 5-10 mm
nozzle). Trowel or roller can be used for small areas. Alternatively, a broadcast method of
application can be used. Consult International Protective Coatings for further details.
Interseal 670HS is certified to ANSI/NSF Standard 61 (selected colours only). Consult
International Protective Coatings for further details. Certification is for tanks greater than
100 gallons (378½ litres), for pipes which are 6 inches (15 cm) in diameter or greater and for
valves which are 2 inches (5 cm) in diameter or greater.
Low Temperature Curing
A winter grade curing agent is also available to enable more rapid cure at temperatures less
than 10°C (50°F), however this curing agent will give an initial shade variation and more rapid
discoloration on weathering.
Interseal 670HS is capable of curing at temperatures below 0°C (32°F). However, this product
should not be applied at temperatures below 0°C (32°F) where there is a possibility of ice
formation on the substrate.
Overcoating Interval Overcoating Interval
Interseal 670HS with recommended
with Self topcoats
Touch Hard
Temperature Dry Dry Min Max • Max † Min Max • Max †
- 5°C (23°F) 24 hours 72 hours 72 hours 12 weeks Extended* 72 hours 8 weeks 12 weeks
0°C (32°F) 16 hours 56 hours 56 hours 10 weeks Extended* 42 hours 6 weeks 10 weeks
• Refers to situations where immersion is likely to occur.
† Refer to atmospheric service only.
* See International Protective Coatings Definitions & Abbreviations.
Touch dry times shown above are actual drying times due to chemical cure, rather than
physical set due to solidification of the coating film at temperatures below 0°C (32°F).
Systems Interseal 670HS will normally be applied to correctly prepared steel substrates. However, it
Compatibility can be used over suitably primed surfaces. Suitable primers are:
Intercure 200 Interplus 356
Interplus 256
Where a cosmetically acceptable topcoat is required the following products are recommended:
Intercryl 530 Intergard 740
Interfine 878 Interthane 990
Interfine 979
Other suitable primers/topcoats are available. Consult International Protective Coatings. E
N
G
0
3
0
Page No. 3 of 4 5
Interseal 670HS
Additional Further information regarding industry standards, terms and abbreviations used in
Information this data sheet can be found in the following sections of the International Protective
Coatings data manual:
• Definitions & Abbreviations
• Surface Preparation
Safety Precautions This product is intended for use only by professional applicators in industrial
situations in accordance with the advice given on this sheet, the Material Safety Data
Sheet and the container(s), and should not be used without reference to the
Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) which International Protective Coatings has
provided to its customers.
All work involving the application and use of this product should be performed in
compliance with all relevant national, Health, Safety & Environmental standards and
regulations.
In the event welding or flame cutting is performed on metal coated with this
product, dust and fumes will be emitted which will require the use of appropriate
personal protective equipment and adequate local exhaust ventilation.
If in doubt regarding the suitability of use of this product, consult International

Protective Coatings for further advice.
Pack Size 20 litre unit Interseal 670HS Base 17 litres in a 20 litre container
Interseal 670HS Curing Agent 3 litres in a 3.7 litre container
5 gallon unit Interseal 670HS Base 4.25 gallons in a 5 gallon container
Interseal 670HS Curing Agent 0.75 gallons in a 1 gallon container
For availability of other pack sizes contact International Protective Coatings
Shipping Weight U.N. Shipping No. 1263
20 litre unit 30.8 kg (67.9 lb) Base (Part A) 3.5 kg (7.6 lb) Curing Agent (Part B)
5 gallon unit 29.4 kg (64.9 lb) Base (Part A) 3.08 kg (6.8 lb) Curing Agent (Part B)
Storage Shelf Life 12 months minimum at 25°C (77°F). Subject to re-inspection
thereafter. Store in dry, shaded conditions away from sources of
heat and ignition. Protect from frost.
Disclaimer
The information given in this sheet is not intended to be exhaustive and any person using the product for any purpose other than that specifically recommended in this sheet
without first obtaining written confirmation from us as to the suitability of the product for the intended purpose does so at his own risk. Any warranty, if given, or specific
Terms & Conditions of Sale are contained in International’s Terms & Conditions of Sale, a copy of which can be obtained on request. Whilst we endeavour to ensure that all
advice we give about the product (whether in this sheet or otherwise) is correct we have no control over either the quality or condition of the substrate or the many factors affecting
the use and application of the product. Therefore, unless we specifically agree in writing to do so, we do not accept any liability whatsoever or howsoever arising for the
performance of the product or for any loss or damage (other than death or personal injury resulting from our negligence) arising out of the use of the product. The information
contained in this sheet is liable to modification from time to time in the light of experience and our policy of continuous product development.
It is the user’s responsibility to check that this sheet is current prior to using the product. Issue date: 01/03/2005
Copyright © International Paint Ltd. and International are trademarks.

International Protective Coatings
Worldwide Availability
World Centre Asia Region Australasia Region Europe Region Middle East Region North America Region South America Region
P.O Box 20980 3 Neythal Road 115 Hyde Road P.O Box 20980 PO Box 37 6001 Antoine Drive Av Paiva 999,
Oriel House Jurong Town Yeronga Oriel House Dammam 31411 Houston Neves, Sao Gonçalo,
16 Connaught Place Singapore 628570 Brisbane 16 Connaught Place Saudi Arabia Texas 77091 Rio de Janeiro
London, W2 2ZB Queensland London, W2 2ZB Brazil
England Australia England
Tel: (44) 20 7479 6000 Tel: (65) 663 3066 Tel: (61) 7 3892 8888 Tel: (44) 20 7479 6000 Tel: (966) 3 812 1044 Tel: (1) 713 682 1711 Tel: (55) 21 624 7100
Fax: (44) 20 7479 6500 Fax: (65) 266 5287 Fax: (61) 7 3892 4287 Fax: (44) 20 7479 6500 Fax: (966) 3 812 1169 Fax: (1) 713 684 1514 Fax: (55) 21 624 7123
H&S (61) 1800 807 001
Local Office:
Tel: 0191 469 6111 Fax: 0191 495 0676
E
N
G
0
3
0
Page No. 4 5
Interseal 670HS Protective Coatings
Surface Tolerant Epoxy
DATASHEET ADDENDUM
Product Glass Flake pigmented surface tolerant Epoxy version especially formulated to
Description offer additional anti-corrosive barrier protection.
Utilises extra corrosion resistant type “C” glass with flake thickness selected to
give true orientation within the cured film.
Optimised glass loading to give correct balance between barrier performance and
application characteristics
Intended Uses Provides excellent protection in aggressive environments for both atmospheric
and immersion (including buried) service where the additional barrier properties,
improved mechanical strength and abrasion resistance imparted by the glass flake
is a benefit.
Colour Grey, Black
Typical Thickness 100-250 microns dry equivalent to 122-305 microns wet
Theoretical Coverage 4.1m2/litre at 200 microns dft and stated volume solids
Application Interseal 670HS Glass Flake is supplied in two containers as a unit with the glass
flake pre-dispersed in the part a. There is no requirement for the addition of
additional glass flake on site.
Always mix a complete unit in the proportions supplied:

Mix Ratio 5.67:1 by volume
Apply by airless spray:

Tip range 21-26 thou
Total output fluid pressure at spray tip not less than 2,500 psi
Interzone® 954GF
Modified Epoxy
PRODUCT A high solids, low VOC epoxy barrier coat, reinforced with chemically resistant high aspect ratio
DESCRIPTION lamellar glass flake for enhanced durability, abrasion and corrosion protection with excellent
cathodic disbondment performance.
INTENDED USES For the protection of steelwork in areas where high abrasion and corrosion resistance are required
including splashzone and subsea areas of offshore structures, jetties, decks, bridges, chemical
plants, pulp and paper mills, water treatment plants and underground pipework.
Excellent resistance to cathodic disbondment, gives good compatibility with both sacrificial anode
and impressed current systems, making Interzone 954GF particularly suitable for the long term
protection of sub-sea structures.
Can be used as part of a non-slip deck system in conjunction with appropriate aggregate.
PRACTICAL Colour Limited colour range available

INFORMATION FOR
INTERZONE 954GF Gloss Level Semi Gloss
Volume Solids 85% (ISO 3233:1998)
Drying Time
-5°C (23°F) 22 hours 48 hours 48 hours 21 days

25°C (77°F) 3.5 hours 5.5 hours 5.5 hours 21 days
40°C (104°F) 90 minutes 3 hours 3 hours 21 days


Page 1 of 4
Ref:10512
Interzone® 954GF
Modified Epoxy
SURFACE The performance of this product will depend upon the degree of surface preparation. The surface to be coated
PREPARATION must be clean and free from contamination. Prior to paint application all surfaces should be assessed and
treated in accordance with ISO 8504:2000.
Accumulated dirt and soluble salts must be removed. Dry bristle brushing will normally be adequate for
accumulated dirt. Soluble salts should be removed by fresh water washing.

application of Interzone 954GF, the surface should be reblasted to the specified visual standard.
manner.

Hand or power tool clean to a minimum St3 (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP3 for atmospheric use only.
Note, all scale must be removed and areas which cannot be prepared adequately by chipping or needle gun
should be spot blasted to a minimum standard of Sa2 (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6. Typically this would
apply to C or D grade rusting in this standard.
Ultra High Pressure Hydroblasting / Abrasive Wet BlastingMay be applied to surfaces prepared to Sa2 (ISO
8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6 which have flash rusted to no worse than Grade HB2M (refer to International
Hydroblasting Standards). It is also possible to apply to damp surfaces in some circumstances. Further
information is available from International Protective Coatings.
Aged Coatings
Interzone 954GF is suitable for overcoating some sound intact aged coatings. To ensure compatibility,
application and evaluation of a test patch is required.
2 hours 60 minutes 45 minutes 20 minutes

kg/cm² (2503 p.s.i.)

(Pressure Pot) Air Cap 62
Fluid Tip AC

achieved
Roller Suitable Typically 75-125 microns (3.0-5.0 mils) can be achieved
Maximum recommended representative for advice during application in extreme
thinning 5% conditions. Do not thin more than allowed by local
all equipment with International GTA822 or International GTA415. Once units of paint
have been mixed, they should not be resealed and it is advised that after prolonged
stoppages, work recommences with freshly mixed units.
Clean Up Clean all equipment immediately after use with International GTA822 or International
GTA415. It is good working practice to periodically flush out spray equipment during
the course of the working day. Frequency should depend upon amount sprayed,
temperature and elapsed time, including any delays.
Page 2 of 4
Interzone® 954GF
Modified Epoxy
PRODUCT Maximum film build in one coat is best attained by airless spray. When applying by methods other
CHARACTERISTICS than airless spray, the required film build is unlikely to be achieved. Low or high temperatures may
require specific application techniques to achieve maximum film build.
When applying Interzone 954GF by brush or roller, it may be necessary to apply multiple coats to
achieve the total specified system dry film thickness.
Surface temperature must always be a minimum of 3°C (5°F) above dew point. Do not apply at
steel temperatures below 4°C (39°F).
When applying Interzone 954GF in confined spaces ensure adequate ventilation.
In special cases where overcoating is required and curing has been at low temperatures and high
relative humidities, ensure no amine bloom is present prior to application of subsequent topcoats.
inferior film. Premature exposure to ponding water will cause a colour change, especially in dark
colours.
In common with all epoxies, Interzone 954GF will chalk and discolour on exterior exposure.
Where a durable cosmetic finish with good gloss and colour retention is required overcoat with
recommended topcoats.
When applied between tides on jetties, piling etc., Interzone 954GF can be immersed after 2 hours.
This will lead to whitening of dark colours but will not affect ultimate anti-corrosive performance.
Interzone 954GF can be used as a non-skid deck system by modification with addition of GPA900
or GMA132 aggregate. Typical thicknesses will be between 750-1,000 microns (30-40 mils).
Preferred application is by a suitable large tip hopper gun (e.g. Sagola 429 or Air texture gun fitted
with a 5-10 mm nozzle). Trowel or roller can be used for small areas. Alternatively, a broadcast
method of application can be used. Consult International Protective Coatings for further details.
Interzone 954GF is compatible with sacrificial and impressed current cathodic protection systems.
SYSTEMS
COMPATIBILITY Interzone 954GF will generally be applied to bare steel prepared by dry abrasive blasting, wet
abrasive blasting or ultra high pressure hydroblasting.
The following primers are recommended for Interzone 954GF:
Intercure 200 Intergard 269 (for underwater use)

Intercure 200HS Interline 982 (for underwater use)
Interzinc 52 Interzone 1000
The following topcoats are recommended for Interzone 954GF:
Intergard 740
Interthane 870
Interthane 990
Interzone 954
Interzone 954GF
Page 3 of 4
Interzone® 954GF
Modified Epoxy
ail
o
for further advice.
Rect Top
Vol Pack Vol Pack
20 litre 14 litre 20 litre 3.5 litre 5 litre

(TYPICAL)
20 litre 25.5 kg 4.08 kg
STORAGE Shelf Life 12 months minimum at 25°C (77°F). Subject to re-inspection

thereafter. Store in dry, shaded conditions away from sources of
heat and ignition.
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
Page 4 of 4
Interline® 925P
Epoxy
PRODUCT A two component, solvent free, heavy duty epoxy tank and pipe lining.
DESCRIPTION
INTENDED USES For application to steel tank internals to provide corrosion resistance to a range of products,
especially potable water and crude oil.
PRACTICAL Colour Grey, Red

INFORMATION FOR
INTERLINE 925P Gloss Level Not applicable
Volume Solids 100% (practical)

300-600 microns (12-24 mils) wet
400-1000 microns (16-40 mils) for use as a single coat on tank
floors. Thickness is dependent upon application method and
specification.
(see Page 3 Product Characteristics)
Method of Application Plural Component Airless Spray
Drying Time
10°C (50°F) 9 hours 16 hours 16 hours 2 weeks

25°C (77°F) 5 hours 9 hours 9 hours 2 weeks
40°C (104°F) 3 hours 7 hours 7 hours 1 week
VOC 0.52 lb/gal (35 g/l) EPA Method 24
Protective Coatings
Page 1 of 4
Ref:10257
Interline® 925P
Epoxy
Where necessary, remove weld spatter and smooth weld seams and sharp edges. Oil or grease
should be removed in accordance with SSPC-SP1 solvent cleaning.
Steel
This product must only be applied to surfaces prepared by abrasive blast cleaning to Sa2½ (ISO
8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP10. Interline 925P must be applied before oxidation of the steel occurs. If
oxidation does occur the entire oxidised area should be reblasted to the standard specified above.
Surface defects revealed by the blast cleaning process should be ground, filled or treated in the
appropriate manner.
Concrete
Refer to International Protective Coatings' Concrete Surface Preparation Guidelines for further
information.
APPLICATION Mixing Material is supplied in two containers as a unit. Complete units should be
stored, mixed and applied in accordance with the Interline 925P Application
Guidelines.
Working Pot Life 10°C (50°F) 25°C (77°F) 40°C (104°F)

100 minutes 60 minutes 45 minutes
Plural Component Recommended Refer to Interline 925P Application Guidelines for

Airless Spray more details.
than 211 kg/cm² (3000 p.s.i.)
Brush Suitable Small areas only

Roller Suitable Small areas only
Thinner DO NOT THIN
Cleaner International GTA853 (or GTA031)
Work Stoppages Do not allow material to remain in hoses, gun or spray equipment. Release
pressure from the material hose and flush fluid line and spray gun with
International GTA853. Do not re-pressurise equipment until ready to
resume spraying operations, and ensure pot life limitations are adhered to.

Page 2 of 4
Interline® 925P
Epoxy
PRODUCT The detailed Interline 925P Application Guidelines should be consulted prior to use.
CHARACTERISTICS
Exact specification for total dry film thickness and number of coats will be dependent upon service end use
requirements. Consult International Protective Coatings for specific advice regarding tank lining applications.
Although Interline 925P is 100% practical conversion wet-to-dry film thickness during normal application
conditions, the product does contain a small amount of solvent as supplied which is dissipated during the
application process.
Apply by plural component airless spray. Application by other methods, e.g. brush or roller, may require more
than one coat and is suggested for small areas only or initial stripe coating. Stripe coating is an essential part of
good working practice and as such should form part of any lining specification.
Surface temperature must always be a minimum of 3°C (5°F) above dew point. Do not apply at steel
temperatures below 10°C (50°F).
The climatic conditions within the tank must be controlled as recommended in the Interline 925P Application
Guidelines. The relative humidity within the confines of the tank should be controlled using dehumidification
equipment. Where such equipment is not available, a single coat application technique should be employed to
avoid intercoat adhesion problems.
Where multi-coat systems are to be used, optimum intercoat adhesion is best achieved by keeping the
overcoating interval as short as possible.
Exposure to unacceptably low temperatures and/or high humidities during or immediately after application may
result in incomplete cure and surface contamination that could jeopardise subsequent intercoat adhesion.
After the last coat has cured hard, the coating system dry film thickness should be measured using a suitable
non-destructive magnetic gauge to verify the average total applied system thickness. The coating system should
be free of all pinholes or other holidays and verified using a suitable method as recommended in the Interline
925P Application Guidelines. The cured film should be essentially free of runs, sags, drips, inclusions or other
defects. All deficiencies and defects should be corrected. The repaired areas shall be retested and allowed to
cure as specified before placing the finished lining into service. Consult International Protective Coatings
Interline 925P Application Guidelines for detailed repair procedures.
Return to Service
The following minimum cure times are recommended for Interline 925P to achieve its full chemical resistance
properties.
Temperature Cure Schedule

25°C (77°F) 7 days
Cure schedule refers to the minimum time at the specified substrate temperature prior to immersion for water
service.
For storage of cargoes above ambient temperatures, consult International Protective Coatings for further details.
Interline 925P meets the requirements of BS6920-1:2000 for contact with potable water and is approved by the
Water Regulations Advisory Scheme (WRAS). Please check the approval to ensure the colour chosen complies
with the approval.
In common with all epoxies Interline 925P will chalk and discolour on exterior exposure. However, these
phenomenon are not detrimental to chemical resistance performance.
Note: VOC values are typical and are provided for guidance purpose only. These may be subject to variation
depending on factors such as differences in colour and normal manufacturing tolerances.
SYSTEMS Interline 925P will normally be applied direct to metal and is not normally overcoated with any product other than
COMPATIBILITY itself.
However, where the end service use is not for potable water, the following primers are suitable;
Ceilcote 680M Intergard 740

Interline 982
Page 3 of 4
Interline® 925P
Epoxy
D ADDITIONAL Further information regarding industry standards, terms and abbreviations used in this data sheet can be found
et INFORMATION in the following documents available at www.international-pc.com:
ail • Definitions & Abbreviations
T
o • Surface Preparation
p
• Interline 925P Application Guidelines
SAFETY This product is intended for use only by professional applicators in industrial situations.
PRECAUTIONS All work involving the application and use of this product should be performed in compliance with all relevant
national Health, Safety and Environmental standards, regulations and legislation.
Proper ventilation must be provided during application and afterwards during curing (refer to product datasheets
for typical curing times) to ensure safe limits and prevent fires and explosions. Forced extraction will be required
in confined spaces. Ventilation and/or respiratory personal protective equipment (airfed hoods or appropriate
cartridge masks) must be provided during application and curing. Take precautions to avoid skin and eye
contact (overalls, gloves, goggles, masks, barrier cream, etc).
Before use, obtain, read and then follow the advice given on the Material Safety Data Sheets (Parts A and B if
two-pack) and the Health and Safety section of the Coatings Applications Procedures for this product.
In the event that welding or flame cutting is performed on metal coated with this product, dust and fumes will be
emitted which will require the use of appropriate personal protective equipment and adequate local exhaust
ventilation.
The detailed safety measures are dependent on application methods and the work environment. If you do not
fully understand these warnings and instructions or if you cannot strictly comply with them, do not use the
product and consult International Protective Coatings.
Warning: This product contains liquid epoxies and modified polyamines and may cause skin
sensitisation if not used correctly.
Rect Top
Vol Pack Vol Pack

(TYPICAL)
20 litre 25.5 kg 5.3 kg
STORAGE Shelf Life 12 months minimum at 25°C (77°F). Subject to re-inspection thereafter.
Store in dry, shaded conditions away from sources of heat and ignition.
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
Page 4 of 4
Interline® 984
Epoxy Phenolic
PRODUCT A two component, solvent free chemically resistant heavy duty epoxy phenolic tank lining.
DESCRIPTION
INTENDED USES Interline 984 is intended as a lining for the protection of ferrous and non-ferrous substrates (including concrete).
It may be used as a single or multi coat scheme, or as either a spray applied fibre reinforced Matcote system or
a hand-lay glass reinforced system.
Interline 984 has been formulated to focus on Oil and Gas downstream lining opportunities with extended recoat
interval designed to assist with the contract schedules associated with lining bulk storage tanks.
Interline 984 is compliant with EI1530 (Joint Industry Group standard). This is the quality assurance requirement
for the manufacture, storage and distribution of aviation fuels to airports.
Interline 984 is resistant to crude oil at temperatures up to 90°C (194°F).
PRACTICAL Colour Yellow, Green, White

INFORMATION FOR
INTERLINE 984 Gloss Level Not applicable
Volume Solids 100%
Typical Thickness 300-600 microns (12-24 mils) when used as an unreinforced system for walls
or as a laminate gel coat.
400-1,000 microns (16-40 mils) for use as a single coat on tank floors.
1,250-1,400 microns (50-56 mils) when used as a laminate with fibre glass.
Thickness is dependent upon application method and specification.
Theoretical Coverage Unreinforced: 2.50 m²/litre at 400 microns d.f.t and stated volume solids
Laminate: Thickness and coverage are dependent upon the configuration of
the surface to be coated
Method of Application Plural Component Airless Spray, Airless Spray, Brush, Roller
Drying Time
10°C (50°F) 10 hours 36 hours 36 hours 28 days¹

¹ The values quoted relate to use within an enclosed tank environment. For situations where UV exposure
between coats is likely, maximum overcoating intervals will be shorter. Contact International Protective Coatings
for more details.
REGULATORY DATA Flash Point (Typical) Part A >101°C (214°F); Part B 49°C (120°F); Mixed 75°C (167°F)

VOC 0.58 lb/gal (70 g/lt) EPA Method 24 (24 hours)

Page 1 of 4
Ref:2263
Interline® 984
Epoxy Phenolic
Where necessary, remove weld spatter and smooth weld seams and sharp edges.
This product must only be applied to surfaces prepared by abrasive blast cleaning to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007)
or SSPC SP10. A sharp, angular surface profile of 75-100 microns (3-4 mils) is recommended.
Interline 984 must be applied before oxidation of the steel occurs. If oxidation does occur the entire oxidised
area should be reblasted to the standard specified above.
manner.
Where local VOC regulations allow, surfaces may be primed with Interline 982 to 15-25 microns (0.6-1.0 mils)
dry film thickness before oxidation occurs. Alternatively, the blast standard can be maintained by use of
dehumidification.
Interline 982 can hold a blast for up to 28 days in the semi-protected environment of a tank interior. If moisture is
present on the surface, oxidation will occur and reblasting will be required.
Laminate Systems
Prior to application of the laminate all weld seams, lap joints, plate edges or other designated areas should be
caulked using Interline 921.
Gel Coat Application
Prior to application of the gel coat, the entire surface to be coated should be abraded to remove any protruding
fibre glass strands or other irregularities. The surface should then be vacuum cleaned.
Concrete Surfaces
Refer to International Protective Coatings' Concrete Surface Preparation Guidelines for further information.
APPLICATION Mixing The detailed Interline 984 Application Guidelines should be consulted prior to use.
Material is supplied in two containers as a unit. Always mix a complete unit in the
(2) Agitate Curing Agent (Part B) with a power agitator.
60 minutes 50 minutes 30 minutes 15 minutes
Plural Component Suitable Consult International Protective Coatings for specific

Airless Spray recommendations. See Product Characteristics
kg/cm² (3000 p.s.i.)
Air Spray Not recommended

(Pressure Pot)
Brush Suitable - small areas only Typically 150-200 microns (6.0-8.0 mils) can be
achieved
Roller Suitable - small areas only Typically 150-200 microns (6.0-8.0 mils) can be
achieved
Thinner Not suitable DO NOT THIN
Page 2 of 4
Interline® 984
Epoxy Phenolic
PRODUCT The detailed Interline 984 Application Guidelines should be consulted prior to use.
CHARACTERISTICS When utilising Interline 984 as a glass fibre laminate system, please refer to the detailed Interline 984 Technical
Specification for Glass Fibre Reinforced Systems.
Exact specification for total dry film thickness and number of coats will be dependent upon service end use
requirements. Consult International Protective Coatings for specific advice regarding tank lining applications.
Interline 984 should be applied and inspected in accordance with the detailed Interline 984 Application
Guidelines.
Heavily pitted areas should be stripe coated by brush, to ensure good "wetting" of the surface.
Do not apply at steel temperatures below 10°C (50°F).
Exposure to unacceptably low temperatures and/or high humidities during or immediately after application may
result in incomplete cure and surface contamination that could jeopardise subsequent intercoat adhesion.
The cured film should be essentially free of runs, sags, drips, inclusions or other defects. All deficiencies and
defects should be corrected. Repaired areas should be rested and allowed to cure as specified before placing
the finished lining into service. Consult International Protective Coating Interline 984 Application Guidelines for
detailed repair procedures.
Return to Service
The following minimum cure times are recommended for Interline 984
Temperature Schedule 1 Schedule 2
10°C (50°F) 3 days 10 days
15°C (59°F) 2 days 7 days
25°C (77°F) 1 day 6 days
40°C (104°F) 12 hours 3 days
Schedule 1 refers to the minimum cure time at the specified substrate temperature prior to conducting a tank
hydrotest or immersion in purely aliphatic petroleum products (e.g diesel or kerosene, however not gasoline or
gasoline/alcohol blends).
Schedule 2 refers to the minimum cure time at the specified substrate temperature prior to immersion in all other
chemicals as per the chemical resistance list.
This material is recommended for the storage of aviation fuel. It is also suitable for storage of unleaded
gasoline, although blends containing methanol may be detrimental.
For storage of cargoes above ambient temperatures, consult International Protective Coatings for further details.
In common with all epoxies Interline 984 will chalk and discolour on exterior exposure. However, these
phenomenon are not detrimental to chemical resistance performance.
• Compliance with DEF-STAN 80-97 annex G for the lining of bulk aviation fuel tanks
• Spanish Norma INTA 164402-A
• Meets the performance standard, EI1541 which are the test requirements for EI1530 compliance
• DEP 30.48.00.31- Gen. systems LT1-N and LT1-M for crude oil service
• Compliant with the requirements of MIL PRF 23236
Note: VOC values are typical and are provided for guidance purpose only. These may be subject to variation
depending on factors such as differences in colour and normal manufacturing tolerances.
Low molecular weight reactive additives, which will form part of the film during normal ambient cure conditions,
will also affect VOC values determined using EPA Method 24.
SYSTEMS Interline 984 can be applied directly to correctly prepared bare steel. However, it is suitable for application over
COMPATIBILITY the following primer:
Interline 982
Ceilcote 680M (to be used as a sealer for concrete application)
This product can also be applied over Interline 921 caulk where this material has been specified.
Interline 984 should only be topcoated with itself, and should never be overcoated with another product.
Consult International Protective Coatings to confirm that Interline 984 is suitable for contact with the product to
be stored.
Page 3 of 4
Interline® 984
Epoxy Phenolic
D ADDITIONAL Further information regarding industry standards, terms and abbreviations used in this data sheet can be found
et INFORMATION in the following documents available at www.international-pc.com:
ail • Definitions & Abbreviations
T
o
p • Paint Application
• Interline 984 Application Guidelines
• Interline 984 Technical Specification for Glass Fibre Reinforced Systems
PRECAUTIONS All work involving the application and use of this product should be performed in compliance with all relevant
national Health, Safety and Environmental standards, regulations and legislation.
Proper ventilation must be provided during application and afterwards during curing (refer to product datasheets
for typical curing times) to ensure safe limits and prevent fires and explosions. Forced extraction will be required
in confined spaces. Ventilation and/or respiratory personal protective equipment (airfed hoods or appropriate
cartridge masks) must be provided during application and curing. Take precautions to avoid skin and eye
contact (overalls, gloves, goggles, masks, barrier cream, etc).
Before use, obtain, read and then follow the advice given on the Material Safety Data Sheets (Parts A and B if
two-pack) and the Health and Safety section of the Coatings Applications Procedures for this product.
In the event that welding or flame cutting is performed on metal coated with this product, dust and fumes will be
emitted which will require the use of appropriate personal protective equipment and adequate local exhaust
ventilation.
The detailed safety measures are dependent on application methods and the work environment. If you do not
fully understand these warnings and instructions or if you cannot strictly comply with them, do not use the
product and consult International Protective Coatings.
Rect Top
Vol Pack Vol Pack

(TYPICAL) 18 litre 17.15 kg 10.02 kg
15 US gal 113.9 lb 60.7 lb
U.N.Shipping No. UN3082 (Part A) : UN2924 (Part B)
STORAGE Shelf Life 18 months minimum at 25°C (77°F). Subject to re-inspection thereafter. Store in dry,
shaded conditions away from sources of heat and ignition. International Paint
recommends storage above 10°C (50°F) at all times to ensure stability of the
product.
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
Page 4 of 4
Enviroline® 405HTR
Epoxy Novolac
PRODUCT An ultra-high solids, two component polycyclamine cured lining system utilising advanced epoxy
DESCRIPTION novolac technology with glass fibre and flake reinforcement.
INTENDED USES To provide corrosion protection for the internals of steel storage tanks, pressure vessels, spools and
pipes for a range of products, including but not limited to:
- Crude oil up to 150°C (300°F)

- Refined oil products (including unleaded gasoline blends and solvents)
- Produced water up to 150°C (300°F).
PRACTICAL Colour Tan

INFORMATION FOR
ENVIROLINE 405HTR Gloss Level Not applicable
Volume Solids 98% ±2% (ISO 3233:1998)
510-1531 microns (20.4-61.2 mils) wet
Method of Application Airless Spray, Plural Component Airless Spray
Drying Time
10°C (50°F) 16 hours 23 hours 23 hours 30 hours

15°C (59°F) 10 hours 16 hours 16 hours 21 hours
25°C (77°F) 2.5 hours 6.5 hours 6.5 hours 10 hours
40°C (104°F) 1.5 hours 2.5 hours 3 hours 6 hours
The values quoted relate to use within an enclosed tank or vessel environment.
REGULATORY DATA Flash Point (Typical) Part A 66°C; Part B 66°C; Mixed 66°C
VOC
0.20 lb/gal (24 g/lt) EPA Method 24


Page 1 of 4
Ref:10287
Enviroline® 405HTR
Epoxy Novolac
SURFACE All surfaces to be coated should be clean and free from contamination. Prior to application all
PREPARATION surfaces should be assessed and treated in accordance with ISO 8504:2000.
Where necessary, remove weld spatter and where required smooth weld seams and sharp edges.
Best performance will always be achieved when Enviroline 405HTR is applied to surfaces prepared
by abrasive blast cleaning to Sa3 (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP5. Where Enviroline 405HTR is
not to be used in high heat and/or aggressive service, preparation to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007) or
SSPC-SP10 may be acceptable. Contact International Protective Coatings for further information.
A sharp, angular surface profile of a minimum 75 microns (3 mils) is recommended.
Enviroline 405HTR must be applied before oxidation of the steel occurs. If oxidation does occur the
entire oxidised area should be reblasted to the standard specified above.
Surface defects revealed by the blast cleaning process should be ground, filled or treated in the
appropriate manner.
The preferred method of holding the blast standard is by dehumidification.
APPLICATION Mixing The detailed Enviroline 405HTR Application Guidelines should be

consulted prior to use.
Material is supplied in two containers as a unit. Always mix a complete unit
in the proportions supplied. Once the unit has been mixed, it must be used

Working Pot Life 25°C (77°F) 40°C (104°F)
50 minutes 30 minutes
Plural Component Recommended Tip Range 0.53-0.68 mm (21-27 thou)

Airless Spray Total output fluid pressure at spray tip not less
than 211 kg/cm² (3000 p.s.i.)
Airless Spray Suitable
Brush Suitable Small areas only
Thinner Not normally required Refer to Enviroline Application Guidelines for

specific advice.
Cleaner Enviroline 71C / International GTA203
Thoroughly flush all equipment with Enviroline 71C or International
GTA203. Once units of paint have been mixed, they should not be resealed
and it is advised that after prolonged stoppages, work recommences with
freshly mixed units.
Clean Up Clean all equipment immediately after use with Enviroline 71C or
International GTA203. It is good working practice to periodically flush out
spray equipment during the course of the working day. Frequency should
depend upon amount sprayed, temperature and elapsed time, including
any delays.
All surplus material and empty containers should be disposed of in

Page 2 of 4
Enviroline® 405HTR
Epoxy Novolac
PRODUCT The detailed Enviroline 405HTR Application Guidelines should be consulted prior to use.
CHARACTERISTICS This datasheet provides general guidance on the use of Enviroline 405HTR. Specific project
requirements will be dependent upon the service end use and operating conditions of the
tank or vessel. Always consult International Protective Coatings to confirm that Enviroline
405HTR is suitable for contact with the product to be stored.
The detailed project coating specification provided by International Protective Coatings

must be followed at all times.
Apply by plural component airless spray or standard airless spray (with in-line heater). Application
by other methods, e.g. brush or roller, may require more than one coat and is suggested for small
areas only or initial stripe coating. Stripe coating is an essential part of good working practice and
as such should form part of any lining specification. For heavily pitted or porous steel, spray apply
approximately 50% of the required film thickness and follow immediately with a short nap roller or
squeegee to work material into the bottom of pitted areas.
For plural component airless spray application, best results will be achieved when the product is
heated prior to application; Part A (Resin) to a maximum of 60°C (140°F) and Part B (Hardener) to
a maximum of 46°C (115°F).
Surface temperature must always be a minimum of 3°C (5°F) above dew point. Do not apply at
steel temperatures below 10°C (50°F).
The climatic conditions within the tank must be controlled as recommended in the Enviroline
405HTR Application Guidelines. The relative humidity within the confines of the tank should be
controlled using dehumidification equipment. Where such equipment is not available, a single coat
application technique should be employed to avoid intercoat adhesion problems.
After the coating system has cured hard, the dry film thickness should be measured using a
suitable non-destructive magnetic gauge to verify the minimum applied system thickness. The
coating system should be free of all pinholes or other holidays. The cured film should be essentially
free of runs, sags, drips, inclusions or other defects. All deficiencies and defects should be
corrected. The repaired areas shall be retested and allowed to cure as specified before placing the
finished lining into service.
Return to Service
The following minimum cure times are recommended for Enviroline 405HTR to achieve its full
chemical resistance properties.
Temperature Cure Schedule

10°C (50°F) 5 days
25°C (77°F) 14 hours
40°C (104°F) 12 hours
Cure schedule refers to the minimum time at the specified substrate temperature prior to immersion
in all chemicals as per the chemical resistance list. This does not take into consideration any
specific curing requirements for third party approvals.
SYSTEMS Enviroline 405HTR should always be applied to correctly prepared substrates. A primer is not
COMPATIBILITY available for the system.
Enviroline 405HTR is designed as a single coat system. It must only be overcoated with itself
should re-coats or touch-up be required.
Page 3 of 4
Enviroline® 405HTR
Epoxy Novolac
D ADDITIONAL Further information regarding industry standards, terms and abbreviations used in this data sheet can be
et INFORMATION found in the following documents available at www.international-pc.com:
ail
• Definitions & Abbreviations
T
o
p
• Enviroline 405HTR Application Guidelines
PRECAUTIONS All work involving the application and use of this product should be performed in compliance with all
relevant national Health, Safety and Environmental standards, regulations and legislation.
Proper ventilation must be provided during application and afterwards during curing (refer to product
datasheets for typical curing times) to ensure safe limits and prevent fires and explosions. Forced
extraction will be required in confined spaces. Ventilation and/or respiratory personal protective
equipment (airfed hoods or appropriate cartridge masks) must be provided during application and curing.
Take precautions to avoid skin and eye contact (overalls, gloves, goggles, masks, barrier cream, etc).
Before use, obtain, read and then follow the advice given on the Material Safety Data Sheets (Parts A
and B if two-pack) and the Health and Safety section of the Coatings Applications Procedures for this
product.
In the event that welding or flame cutting is performed on metal coated with this product, dust and fumes
will be emitted which will require the use of appropriate personal protective equipment and adequate local
exhaust ventilation.
The detailed safety measures are dependent on application methods and the work environment. If you do
not fully understand these warnings and instructions or if you cannot strictly comply with them, do not use
the product and consult International Protective Coatings.
Rect Top
Vol Pack Vol Pack
4 US gal 2.67 US gal 5 US gal 1.33 US gal 2 US gal
150 US gal¹ 100 US gal¹ 50 US gal¹ 50 US gal¹ 50 US gal¹
¹ 150US gal unit supplied as 2x50gal of Part A and 1x50gal of Part B

(TYPICAL)
18 litre 18.68 kg 10.04 kg
4 US gal 33.6 lb 18.6 lb
150 US gal¹ 677.7 lb¹ 739.4 lb¹
¹ 150US gal unit supplied as 2x678lb Part A and 1 x 740lb of Part B
STORAGE Shelf Life 12 months minimum at 25°C (77°F) in original, unopened containers.
Subject to re-inspection thereafter. Store in dry, shaded conditions
away from sources of heat and ignition.
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
Page 4 of 4
Intergard® 269
Epoxy R2
PRODUCT A quick drying two component epoxy primer.
DESCRIPTION
Suitable for overcoating after prolonged periods of weathering.
INTENDED USES As a blast holding primer suitable for use in immersed and exposed conditions and overcoatable
with a wide range of high performance systems.
For use at both new construction and maintenance.
Also for use as a tie coat on zinc silicate to prevent zinc salt formation on weathering and pinholing
of subsequent high build topcoats.
PRACTICAL Colour Red (See Product Characteristics section for further details)
INFORMATION FOR
INTERGARD 269 Gloss Level Matt
Volume Solids 47%
Typical Thickness 40 microns (1.6 mils) dry equivalent to 85 microns (3.4 mils) wet
471 sq.ft/US gallon at 1.6 mils d.f.t and stated volume solids
Drying Time

40°C (104°F) 15 minutes 1 hour 4 hours Extended¹
¹ Maximum overcoating intervals are shorter when using polysiloxane topcoats. Consult
International Protective Coatings for further details.
REGULATORY DATA Flash Point Part A 26°C (79°F); Part B 25°C (77°F); Mixed 26°C (79°F)



Page 1 of 4
Ref:2117
Intergard® 269
Epoxy R2
SURFACE All surfaces to be coated should be clean, dry and free from contamination. Prior to paint application all
PREPARATION surfaces should be assessed and treated in accordance with ISO 8504:2000.
For immersion service, Intergard 269 must be applied to surfaces blast cleaned to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-
1:2007) or SSPC-SP10. However, for atmospheric exposure Intergard 269 may be applied to surfaces
prepared to a minimum of Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6.
Surface defects revealed by the blast cleaning process should be ground, filled, or treated in the
appropriate manner.
Ultra High Pressure Hydroblasting / (non-immersed service only)
May be applied to surfaces prepared to Sa2 (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6 which have flash rusted to
no worse than Grade HB2M (refer to International Hydroblasting Standards). Further information is
available from International Protective Coatings.
Tie Coat Applications (see Product Characteristics)
In the case of zinc primers, where necessary, remove weld spatter, smooth weld seams and sharp edges
and blast clean welds and damaged primer to Sa2½ (ISO 8501-1:2007) or SSPC-SP6. The shop primer
or other primer surface should be dry and free of all contamination (oil, grease, salt etc) and overcoated
with Intergard 269 within the overcoating intervals specified for the primer (consult the relevant product
data sheet).
Ensure that the zinc primer has fully cured and is clean, dry and free from zinc salts prior to overcoating.
APPLICATION Mixing Material is supplied in two containers as a unit. Always mix a complete unit in
the proportions supplied. Once the unit has been mixed it must be used within
the working pot life specified.

Total output fluid pressure at spray tip not less than
141 kg/cm² (2005 p.s.i.)
Fluid Tip E
Brush Suitable - small areas Typically 25-30 microns (1.0-1.2 mils) can be
only achieved
Roller Suitable - small areas Typically 25-30 microns (1.0-1.2 mils) can be
only achieved
Thinner International GTA220 Do not thin more than allowed by local
(or International GTA415) environmental legislation

Work Stoppages Do not allow material to remain in hoses, gun or spray equipment. Thoroughly
flush all equipment with International GTA822. Once units of paint have been
mixed they should not be resealed and it is advised that after prolonged
stoppages work recommences with freshly mixed units.
working practice to periodically flush out spray equipment during the course of
the working day. Frequency of cleaning will depend upon amount sprayed,
temperature and elapsed time, including any delays.
All surplus materials and empty containers should be disposed of in accordance

with appropriate regional regulations/legislation.
Page 2 of 4
Intergard® 269
Epoxy R2
PRODUCT Use as a Holding Primer

CHARACTERISTICS
Intergard 269 is suitable for use as a blast holding primer for steelwork intended for exposure in
both immersed and atmospheric exposure conditions. Apply Intergard 269 at the recommended
thickness as over-application will result in a glossy surface which may not be suitable for
overcoating after ageing.
When coating steel in high ambient temperatures thinning with International thinners may be
necessary to prevent dry spray and control film thickness.
This product will not cure adequately below 5°C (41°F). For maximum performance ambient curing
temperatures should be above 10°C (50°F).
Intergard 269 is also suitable for application to degreased and abraded stainless steel and
galvanised steel. Abrasion can be carried out by light blasting using a non-ferrous abrasive or by
carborondum disking on small areas.
Use as a Tie Coat
To ensure good penetration of zinc silicate coatings Intergard 269 should be thinned by 15-25%
with International thinners. Intergard 269 should be allowed to cure before topcoating with high
builds otherwise the effectiveness in preventing pinholing is reduced.
Excessive film thickness may lead to splitting of the film when overcoated with high build systems.
For application at temperatures below 10°C (50°F) alternative tie coats are available. For
information contact International Protective Coatings.
When used in a marine environment the schemes and overcoating intervals utilised may differ.
Intergard 269 is globally available in Red; alternative shades may be available upon request.
Consult International Protective Coatings for further details.
Note: VOC values quoted are based on maximum possible for the product taking into account
variations due to colour differences and normal manufacturing tolerances.
SYSTEMS Intergard 269 is suitable for use over the following primers:
COMPATIBILITY
Interzinc 22
Interzinc 52
The following topcoats/intermediates are recommended for Intergard 269:
Intercure 200HS Intergard 740

Interfine 878 Interthane 990
Interfine 979 Interzone 505
Intergard 475HS
For details of other systems, consult International Protective Coatings.
Page 3 of 4
Intergard® 269
Epoxy R2
ail
o
for further advice.
Rect Top
Vol Pack Vol Pack

20 litre 28.9 kg 4.1 kg
5 US gal 59.7 lb 8.4 lb
STORAGE Shelf Life 12 months minimum at 25°C (77°F).

Subject to re-inspection thereafter. Store in dry, shaded conditions away from
sources of heat and ignition.
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
light of experience and our policy of continuous development. It is the user's responsibility to check with their local International Paint representative that this data sheet is current prior to
using the product.
, International and all product names mentioned in this publication are trademarks of, or licensed to, AkzoNobel.
Page 4 of 4
Interthane® 990SG
Polyurethane R2
PRODUCT A two component acrylic polyurethane finish giving excellent durability and long term recoatability.
DESCRIPTION
INTENDED USES Suitable for use in both new construction and as an industrial maintenance finish which can be
used in a wide variety of environments including offshore structures, petrochemical facilities,
bridges, pulp and paper mills, and in the power industry.
Particularly designed for use in areas where a high gloss is either not desired or where a semi-
gloss is the preferred option.
PRACTICAL Colour Wide range via the Chromascan system

INFORMATION FOR
INTERTHANE 990SG Gloss Level Semi-gloss
Method of Application Air Spray, Airless Spray, Brush, Roller
Drying Time

40°C (104°F) 1 hour 3 hours 3 hours Extended¹
VOC 236 g/kg EU Solvent Emissions Directive
Protective Coatings
Page 1 of 4
Ref:4645
Interthane® 990SG
Polyurethane R2
Primed Surfaces
Interthane 990SG should always be applied over a recommended anti-corrosive coating scheme.
The primer surface should be dry and free from all contamination and Interthane 990SG must be
primed prior to the application of Interthane 990SG.
7 hours 3.5 hours 2 hours 45 minutes

than 155 kg/cm² (2204 p.s.i.)
Fluid Tip E
Air Spray Suitable Use suitable proprietary equipment
(Conventional)
achieved
Roller Suitable Typically 50-75 microns (2.0-3.0 mils) can be
achieved
Thinner International GTA713 (or Do not thin more than allowed by local
International GTA733 or environmental legislation
International GTA056)
Cleaner International GTA713 or (International GTA733 or International GTA056)

Page 2 of 4
Interthane® 990SG R2
Polyurethane
PRODUCT Level of sheen and surface finish are dependent on application method. Avoid using a mixture of
CHARACTERISTICS application methods whenever possible.
For brush and roller application, and in some colours, two or more coats of Interthane 990SG may
be required to give uniform coverage, especially when applying Interthane 990SG over dark
undercoats, and when using certain lead free bright colours such as yellows and oranges. Best
practice is to use a colour compatible intermediate or anticorrosive coating under the Interthane
990SG.
When overcoating after weathering or ageing, ensure the coating is fully cleaned to remove all
surface contamination such as oil, grease, salt crystals and traffic fumes, before application of a
further coat of Interthane 990SG.
Absolute measured adhesion of topcoats to aged Interthane 990SG is less than that to fresh
material, however, it is adequate for the specified end use.
This product must only be thinned using the recommended International thinners.
When applying Interthane 990SG in confined spaces ensure adequate ventilation.
inferior film.
Premature exposure to ponding water will cause colour change, especially in dark colours and at
low temperatures.
This product is not recommended for use in immersion conditions. When severe chemical or
solvent splashing is likely to occur contact International Protective Coatings for information
regarding suitability.
tolerances.
SYSTEMS The following primers/intermediates are recommended for Interthane 990SG:

COMPATIBILITY
Intercure 200HS Interzinc 315
Intercure 420 Interzinc 52
Intergard 251 Interzinc 52HS
Interthane 990SG should only be overcoated with itself.
For other suitable primers/intermediates/topcoats, consult International Protective Coatings.
Page 3 of 4
Interthane® 990SG
Polyurethane R2
ail
o
for further advice.
Warning: Contains isocyanate. Wear air-fed hood for spray application.

Rect Top
Vol Pack Vol Pack
20 litre 17.14 litre 20 litre 2.86 litre 3.7 litre

(TYPICAL)
20 litre 26.9 kg 3.5 kg
5 litre 7 kg 0.9 kg
STORAGE Shelf Life 24 months (Part A) & 12 months (Part B) minimum at 25°C (77°
F) Subject to re-inspection thereafter. Store in dry, shaded
Rect
Bottom
Important Note
Page 4 of 4
<ATTACHMENT #7 : PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR RUBBER LINING>
“LATER”

<ATTACHMENT #8 : REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

(TECHNICAL LETTER, TEST REPORT, ETC.) FOR JOTUN – 7 sheets>

<yGG GGswGGe
<yGG GGswGGeG
FAX
G
G
Att : Sung Jun Yun / Engineering Team
Company : S-Tank Engineering Co.Ltd
Fax :
Copy to :
From : Won Chan Cha / Protective 1 Sales.
Company : Chokwang Jotun Ltd.
Fax : 051-711-6148
Date : 2018.12.10
No of pages : 2 page
G
Subject: Recommendation of Tankguard Storage for internal coating system with
160¶C / 3Hours / immersed condition for product stored.
With reference is made to the titled matter, please be informed as below,
Tankguard Storage
This is a two-component polyamine cured phenolic/novolac epoxy coating. It is a specially designed tank
lining with excellent chemical resistance. Can be used as primer, mid coat or finish coat in atmospheric
and immersed environments. Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel, galvanized steel, stainless
steel and concrete substrates.
Tankguard Storge has temperature resistance to 160°C / 3Hours LP steam condition for steam cleaning
and immersed condition for products stored.
As per project specification (DRP001-OUF-SPE-W-000-009-A1), the items to be required for LP steam

condition can be listed like below. please find below table.
Item No. LP steam condition. Coating System Recommendation
700TK-001A/B/C, 160¶C / 3hour / immersed <System : L1>
730TK-003A/B/C, condition for product stored. - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75ໃ) Tankguard Storage (250um)
550TK-001, - Total 500ໃ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy) Tankguard Storage (250um)
550TK-002 Total : 500um
550TK-003
550TK-004,
585TK-001A/B
710TK-002A/B
730TK-002A/B/C, <System : L4>
- Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75ໃ)
- Total 500ໃ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy)
: certified for Aviation Fuel)
710TK-003A/B <System : L2>
710TK-005A/B - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75ໃ)
710TK-006A/B - Total 500ໃ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy)
So, Chokwang Jotun can confirm that Tankguard Storage has enough temperature resistance to
160°C LP steam condition for 3 hours and would like to recommend the product for application.
For more detail information, please refer to the appendix of our Technical Data Sheet.
If you need further clarification or queries, please feel free to contact under signed contact.
Best Regards,
Chokwang Jotun LTD

H.Q & Factory Seoul office
1205, Jisa-dong, Gangseo-ku, Busan, Korea Jungang Bldg. 44-26,Youido-dong Youngdungpo-ku, Seoul, Korea
Tel : 82-51-797-6000 Fax: 82-51-711-7736 Tel:82-2-780-1262 Fax: 82-2-780-1265
Form Rev. No: 4 / Rev. Date: 2009-12-23G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G CHOKWANG JOTUN LTDG
FAX
G
G

Won-Chan Cha / David / Protective 1 Assistant Manager
Mobil : +82 10 9336 9621
Office : +82 51 797 6148
Fax : +82 51 711 7736
E-mail : won-chan.cha@jotun.co.kr
Chokwang Jotun LTD

Tel : 82-51-797-6000 Fax: 82-51-711-7736 Tel:82-2-780-1262 Fax: 82-2-780-1265
<Guarantee Letter of internal lining for tanks over 60 ୅e
୅eG
FAX
G
G
Fax :
Copy to :
Fax : 051-711-6148
Date : 2018.12.10
G
Subject : Operation temperature confirmation for internal lining tanks.
Tankguard Storage
This is a two-component polyamine cured phenolic/novolac epoxy coating. It is a specially designed tank
lining with excellent chemical resistance. Can be used as primer, mid coat or finish coat in atmospheric
and immersed environments. Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel, galvanized steel, stainless
steel and concrete substrates.
Tankguard Storage has continuous temperature resistance up to 120°C in immersed condition.
As per project specification (DRP001-OUF-SPE-W-000-009-A1), the operating temperature of below

tanks for internal lining is up to 60degC. please find below table.
Item No. Operating Temp. Coating System Recommendation
550TK-003 Min / Max : - / 80 <System : L1>
550TK-004 Min / Max : - / 80 - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75ໃ) Tankguard Storage (250um)
- Total 500ໃ (Epoxy Primer + High Solids Epoxy) Tankguard Storage (250um)
570TK-006A/B Min / Max : 50 / 80 <System : L2> Total : 500um
710TK-005A/B Min / Max : - / 80 - Surface Prep. : Sa 3 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75ໃ)
710TK-006A/B Min / Max : - / 80 - Total 500ໃ (Epoxy Primer + Phenolic Epoxy)
Note)
- 550TK-003 : SR Heavy Slops Storage Tank
- 550TK-004 : Cracked Heavy Slops Storage Tank
- 570TK-006A/B :GSlop Oil Tank
- 710TK-005A/B : VGO Storage Tanks
- 710TK-006A/B :GHCGO Storage Tanks
Chokwang Jotun would like to confirm that Tankguard Storage has operating temperature resistance for
internal lining tanks up to 60degC and would like to recommend the product for application.
Best Regards,

Chokwang Jotun LTD
Tel : 82-51-797-6000 Fax: 82-51-711-7736 Tel:82-2-780-1262 Fax: 82-2-780-1265
FAX
G
G
Mobil : +82 10 9336 9621
Office : +82 51 797 6148
Fax : +82 51 711 7736
Chokwang Jotun LTD

Tel : 82-51-797-6000 Fax: 82-51-711-7736 Tel:82-2-780-1262 Fax: 82-2-780-1265
nGsGGGGGGGGG
<nGsGGGGGGGGGG
<
GGGGG]WG୅eG
FAX
G
G
Fax :
Copy to :
Fax : 051-711-6148
Date : 2018.12.10
G
Subject : Operation temperature confirmation for external bottom soil side.
Jotamastic 87 GF
This is a two component polyamine cured epoxy mastic coating. It is a surface tolerant, high solids, high
build product. It is reinforced with glass flakes for improved abrasion and scratch resistance. Provides
long lasting protection in environments with high corrosivity. Can be used as primer, mid coat, finish coat
or as single coat system in atmospheric and immersed environments. Suitable for properly prepared
carbon steel and aged coating surfaces. It can be applied at sub zero surface temperatures.
the coating will be resistant to atmospheric condition and various immersion temperatures depending on
the specific chemical and whether immersion is constant or intermittent.
Jotamastic 87 GF has continuous temperature resistance up to 120°C in buried condition.
As per project specification (DRP001-OUF-SPE-W-000-008-B1), the operating temperature of external

tank bottom in contact with soil is up to 60degC. please find below table.
Item No. Operating Temp. Coating System Recommendation
550TK-003 Min / Max : - / 80
550TK-004 Min / Max : - / 80 - Surface Prep. : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75ໃ) Jotamastic 87 GF (250um)
570TK-006A/B Min / Max : 50 / 80 - Primer : 250ໃ of Glass Flake Epoxy Jotamastic 87 GF (250um)
710TK-005A/B Min / Max : - / 80 - Finish : 250ໃ of Glass Flake Epoxy Total : 500um
710TK-006A/B Min / Max : - / 80
So, Chokwang Jotun can confirm that Jotamastic 87 GF has operating temperature resistance for
external tank bottom in contact with soil and would like to recommend the product for application.
Best Regards,

Mobil : +82 10 9336 9621
Office : +82 51 797 6148
Fax : +82 51 711 7736
Chokwang Jotun LTD

Tel : 82-51-797-6000 Fax: 82-51-711-7736 Tel:82-2-780-1262 Fax: 82-2-780-1265
nG sG G G G G G G G G G
<nG
<
GGGGYWWG୅eG
FAX
G
G
Fax :
Copy to :
Fax : 051-711-6148
Date : 2018.12.10
G
Subject : Operation temperature confirmation for VR/HSFO Storage Tanks.
Jotatemp 250
This is two component glass flake reinforced epoxy composite coating. It is heat resistant up to 250¶C
(482¶F). It Can be used as primer, mid coat or finish coat in atmospheric environments. Suitable for
properly prepared carbon steel, galvanized steel, stainless steel and aluminium substrates. Suitable for
temperatures ranging from cryogenic, i.e. -196¶C to 250¶C, insulated and non insulated surfaces.
The product pass the standard test used for qualifying coatings preventing corrosion under insulation
(CUI). It will offer proper corrosion protection at ambient conditions during construction and shut down
periods.
Jotatemp 250 has continuous temperature resistance up to 250°C in buried condition.
For 710TK-007A/B/C/D tank, the coating system specified like below.

710TK- Coating System Recommendation
007A/B/C/D 1) Surface preparation : Sa 2.5 (Med.G or Ry5 50-75mm)
2) Primer : 250um of Glass flake epoxy Jotatemp 250 (250um)
3) Finish : 250um of Glass Flake epoxy Jotatemp 250 (250um)
So, Chokwang Jotun can confirm that Jotatemp 250 has enough temperature resistance for 710TK-
007A/B/C/D tank area and would like to recommend the product for application.
Best Regards,

Mobil : +82 10 9336 9621
Office : +82 51 797 6148
Fax : +82 51 711 7736
Chokwang Jotun LTD

Tel : 82-51-797-6000 Fax: 82-51-711-7736 Tel:82-2-780-1262 Fax: 82-2-780-1265
cnGsGGl GsGz eG
FAX
G
R2
G
Att : Han na Lee / Plant Engineering Team
Fax : 051-711-6148
Date : 2019.04.25
G
Subject : Product confirmation for Tankguard Stroage.
Tankguard Storage
This is a two component polyamine cured phenolic / novolac epoxy coating. It is a specially designed
tank lining with excellent chemical resistance. Can be used as primer, mid coat or finish coat in
atmospheric and immersed environments. Suitable for properly prepared carbon steel, galvanised steel,
stainless steel and concrete substrates.
Tankguard Storage specially designed as an internal lining for offshore, onshore and buried tanks and
pipes such as chemical storage, waste water, grey water, process water, concrete bund, fire service
lines and drilling mud tanks. Of course, product can be used as main primer for corrosion. For this,
product already tested / approved by Norsok M501 (cyclic ageing test for corrosion)
Thus, Tankguard Storage is primer to protect corrosion and can be used for internal lining for chemical
resistance. This means that additional epoxy primer coat will not be necessary for system No.L1 & L2
and L4.
Best Regards,

Mobil : +82 10 9336 9621
Office : +82 51 797 6148
Fax : +82 51 711 7736
Chokwang Jotun LTD

Tel : 82-51-797-6000 Fax: 82-51-711-7736 Tel:82-2-780-1262 Fax: 82-2-780-1265

(TECHNICAL LETTER, TEST REPORT, ETC.) FOR SIGMA – 16 sheets>

Certificate Number: 16-BK1557390-PDA
13/OCT/2016
Confirmation of Product Type Approval

Please refer to the "Service Restrictions" shown below to determine if Unit Certification is required for this product.
This certificate reflects the information on the product in the ABS Records as of the date and time the certificate is
printed.
Pursuant to the Rules of the American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), the manufacturer of the below listed product held
a valid Manufacturing Assessment (MA) with expiration date of 25/JAN/2017. The continued validity of the
Manufacturing Assessment is dependent on completion of satisfactory audits as required by the ABS Rules.
And; a Product Design Assessment (PDA) valid until 20/SEP/2021 subject to continued compliance with the Rules
or standards used in the evaluation of the product.
The above entitle the product to be called Product Type Approved.
The Product Design Assessment is valid for products intended for use on ABS classed vessels, MODUs or facilities
which are in existence or under contract for construction on the date of the ABS Rules used to evaluate the
Product.
ABS makes no representations regarding Type Approval of the Product for use on vessels, MODUs or facilities
built after the date of the ABS Rules used for this evaluation.
Due to wide variety of specifications used in the products ABS has evaluated for Type Approval, it is part of our
contract that; whether the standard is an ABS Rule or a non-ABS Rule, the Client has full responsibility for
continued compliance with the standard.
Product Name: Pre-Fabrication Primer

Model Name(s): SigmaWeld 165
Presented to:
PPG SSC CO., LTD.
19, YEOCHEON-RO,
NAM-GU
217 BEON-GIL
Korea, Republic of
Intended Service: Pre-Fabrication Primer for all modern coating system. Immersion and atmospheric
service.
Description: Weldable and Reduced Zinc Silicate Prefabrication Primer.
Ratings: Fast dry and anti-corrosive property.
Service Restrictions: -. Unit Certification is not required for this product. -. If the manufacturer or
purchaser requests an ABS Certificate for compliance with a specification or
standard, the specification or standard, including inspection standards and
tolerances, must be clearly defined. -. Before welding, SigmaWeld 165 Coating
Steel it is necessary to conduct welding procedure qualification tests that ABS
requires to be certified.
Comments: -. The Manufacturer has provided a declaration about the control of, or the lack of
Asbestos in this product. -. This coating has been type approved as complying with
the identified standard. Proper application in accordance with the manufacturer's
instruction is needed which should reflect the application of the test cases used to
determine compliance. ABS Expressly disclaims all warranties with respect to the
coating and the design assessment, including warranties of merchant ability and
fitness for a particular purpose. The successful coating is dependent on coating
properties (some of which may not have been addressed in the approval standard),
proper application (including surface prep, application, curing environment, etc.)
10/13/2016 12:57:54 AM Copyright 2001 American Bureau of Shipping. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 2
Certificate Number: 16-BK1557390-PDA
and proper maintenance. These aspects are beyond the scope of this type
approval. -. Shop primer (SigmaWeld 165) is to be applied in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations. -. Unless specially directed by Administration,
this approval is not to be construed as a substitute for Flag Administration's
approval for the purpose of SOLAS 1974 (Consolidated Edition 2014), as
amended. -. This certificate may not be used for EU and US flagged vessels (MED
and/or USCG have their own specific/requirements). -. The manufacturer is
responsible for identifying all containers in the batch with some form of permanent
marking.
Notes / Documentation: Drawing No. Correspondence, Application for Type Approval (Re-Validation),
Revision: -, Pages: 1 Drawing No. Correspondence, Declaration of Asbestos free,
Revision: -, Pages: 1 Drawing No. SEO 0041004, ISO 9001:2008 by LRQA (Korea)
Ltd., Revision: -, Pages: 1 Drawing No. 01-BK213961/2-PDA, ABS PDA Certificate,
Revision: -, Pages: 1 Drawing No. Product Data Sheet dated 30 March 2016, PDS
for SigmaWeld 165, Revision: -, Pages: 1 Drawing No. Safety Data Sheet dated 6
July 2016, MSDS for SigmaWeld 165 (BINDER), Revision: 4.04, Pages: 1 Drawing
No. Safety Data Sheet dated 16 May 2016, MSDS for SigmaWeld 165 (PASTE),
Revision: 5.05, Pages: 1 Drawing No. SSC-D-53-0501 dated 1 June 2010,
Manufacturer's Standards, Revision: 1, Pages: 1
Term of Validity: This Product Design Assessment (PDA) Certificate 16-BK1557390-PDA, dated
21/Sep/2016 remains valid until 20/Sep/2021 or until the Rules or specifications
used in the assessment are revised (whichever occurs first). This PDA is intended
for a product to be installed on an ABS classed vessel, MODU or facility which is in
existence or under contract for construction on the date of the ABS Rules or
specifications used to evaluate the Product. Use of the Product on an ABS classed
vessel, MODU or facility which is contracted after the validity date of the ABS Rules
and specifications used to evaluate the Product, will require re-evaluation of the
PDA. Use of the Product for non ABS classed vessels, MODUs or facilities is to be
to an agreement between the manufacturer and intended client.
ABS Rules: The Rules applicable to this assessment are: - 2016 Steel Vessel Rules 1-1-4/7.7,
1-1 App. 3 & 4, 4-1-1/7.15. - 2016 Mobile Offshore Drilling Unit Rules 1-1-4/9.7,
App. 2 & 3. - 2016 Steel Vessels Under 90 Meters in Length 1-1-4/7.7, 1-1-App. 3
& 4. - 2016 Facilities on Offshore Installations 1-1-4/9.7, 1-1-App. 2 & 3. - 2016
Offshore Support Vessels 1-1-4/7.7, 1-1-App. 3 & 4. - 2016 Steel Vessels for
Service on Rivers and Intracoastal Waterways 1-1-4/7.7, 1-1-App. 3 & 4. - 1978
Bulk Carriers for Service on the Great Lakes (Last Up-dated 2008) 1-1-4/7.7,
1-1-App. 3 & 4.
National Standards:
International Standards:
Government Authority:
EUMED:
Others: Manufacturer's Standards (Doc. No.: SSC-D-53-0501, Rev. 1 dated 1 June 2010)
Model Certificate Model Certificate No Issue Date Expiry Date

PDA 16-BK1557390-PDA 22/SEP/2016 20/SEP/2021
ABS Programs
ABS has used due diligence in the preparation of this certificate and it represents the information on the product in the ABS Records as of the
date and time the certificate was printed. Type Approval requires Drawing Assessment, Prototype Testing and assessment of the
manufacturer's quality assurance and quality control arrangements. Limited circumstances may allow only Prototype Testing to satisfy Type
Approval. The approvals of Drawings and Products remain valid as long as the ABS Rule, to which they were assessed, remains valid. ABS
cautions manufacturers to review and maintain compliance with all other specifications to which the product may have been assessed. Further,
unless it is specifically indicated in the description of the product; Type Approval does not necessarily waive witnessed inspection or survey
procedures (where otherwise required) for products to be used in a vessel, MODU or facility intended to be ABS classed or that is presently in
class with ABS. Questions regarding the validity of ABS Rules or the need for supplemental testing or inspection of such products should, in all
cases, be addressed to ABS.
10/13/2016 12:57:54 AM Copyright 2001 American Bureau of Shipping. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 2
Page 1 / 2
Certificate number: 53806/A0 BV

File number: COAT 74359-2018
Product code: 9083H
This certificate is not valid when presented without the
full attached schedule composed of 7 sections
www.veristar.com
TYPE APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

This certificate is issued to
PPG PROTECTIVE AND MARINE COATINGS
AMSTERDAM - NETHERLANDS
for the type of product
SHOP PRIMERS FOR WELDED STEEL STRUCTURES
SIGMAWELD 165
Requirements:
Bureau Veritas Rules on Materials and Welding for the Classification of Marine Units NR216
This certificate is issued to attest that Bureau Veritas Marine & Offshore did undertake the relevant approval procedures for the product identified
above which was found to comply with the relevant requirements mentioned above.
This certificate will expire on: 23 Jun 2023
For Bureau Veritas Marine & Offshore,

At BV GRONINGEN, on 23 Jun 2018,
John Mondt
This certificate remains valid until the date stated above, unless cancelled or revoked, provided the conditions indicated in the subsequent page(s) are complied
with and the product remains satisfactory in service. This certificate will not be valid if the applicant makes any changes or modifications to the approved product,
which have not been notified to, and agreed in writing with Bureau Veritas Marine & Offshore. Should the specified regulations or standards be amended during
the validity of this certificate, the product(s) is/are to be re-approved prior to it/they being placed on board vessels to which the amended regulations or standards
apply. This certificate is issued within the scope of the General Conditions of Bureau Veritas Marine & Offshore available on the internet site www.veristar.com.
Any Person not a party to the contract pursuant to which this document is delivered may not assert a claim against Bureau Veritas Marine & Offshore for any
liability arising out of errors or omissions which may be contained in said document, or for errors of judgement, fault or negligence committed by personnel of the
Society or of its Agents in establishment or issuance of this document, and in connection with any activities for which it may provide.
The electronic version is available at: http://www.veristarnb.com/veristarnb/jsp/viewPublicPdfTypec.jsp?id=jcrsgkgheq

BV Mod. Ad.E 530 June 2017 This certificate consists of 2 page(s)
Page 2 / 2
Certificate number: 53806/A0 BV
THE SCHEDULE OF APPROVAL

1. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION :
SIGMAWELD 165 is a two-component moisture curing, zinc(ethyl)silicate prefabrication primer.

- Recomended dry film thickness: 13 microns.
- Mixing ratio by volume (Binder to Paste): 55:45.
-Colours: Grey, Reddish grey.
2. DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS :
As per Product specification named SIGMAWELD 165 Ref. 7171 and dated May 2013.
As per Material Safety data sheets issued by PPG SSC Co., Ltd.:
- SIGMAWELD 165 Binder version No. 6 and dated 15-03-11,
- SIGMAWELD 165 Paste version No. 6 and dated 15-03-11.
3. TEST REPORTS :
SLV Test Report No. 94 34 024/1 dated 16/05/1994 with the following results: Determine the porosity level in accordance to
DVS-Guideline 0501 March 1976 Edition.
Certificates of analysis No. 2013074-0010 dated 27/06/2013, No. 201307-0012 dated 02/07/2013. Document
No.2013-SSC(QC)-0717-01 dated 17/07/2013.
4. APPLICATION / LIMITATION :
PPG Protective and Marine Coatings has to inform Bureau Veritas of any changes to the formulation. The evaluation of possible
harmful effects of welding with this shop primer on welders health and safety precautions aspects are excluded from the scope
of this certificate.
5. PRODUCTION SURVEY REQUIREMENTS :
The shop primer SIGMAWELD 165 is to be supplied by PPG Protective and Marine Coatings in compliance with the type
described in this certificate. This type of product is within the category HBV of Bureau Veritas Rule Note NR320 and as such
does not require a BV product certificate. PPG Protective and Marine Coatings has to make the necessary arrangements to have
its works recognised by Bureau Veritas in compliance with the requirements of NR320 for HBV products.
For information, PPG Protective and Marine Coatings has declared to Bureau Veritas the following production site:
PPG SSC CO., Ltd.
190-9, Yeochun-dong, Nam-gu
Ulsan, Korea
6. MARKING OF PRODUCT :
The minimum following information should appear on the paint container: Trade Mark and Name, Manufacturer's Name, Type
Designation / Shop Primer, Batch number.
7. OTHERS :
This certificate replaces approval No.13200/C0 BV.
*** END OF CERTIFICATE ***
The electronic version is available at: http://www.veristarnb.com/veristarnb/jsp/viewPublicPdfTypec.jsp?id=jcrsgkgheq

BV Mod. Ad.E 530 June 2017 This certificate consists of 2 page(s)
Certificate No:
TAK00000UY
This is to certify:
That the Shop Primers
with type designation(s)

SIGMAWELD™ 165
Issued to
PPG Coatings Europe B.V. Protective & Marine Coatings
Amsterdam, Netherlands
is found to comply with

DNV GL class programme DNVGL-CP-0109 – Type approval – Shop primers for corrosion
protection of steel plates and sections
DNV GL rules for classification – Ships
Application :
The shop primer is approved for application on blast cleaned steel plates and sections.
Product(s) approved by this certificate is/are accepted for installation on all vessels classed
by DNV GL.
Issued at Høvik on 2017-05-29

for DNV GL
This Certificate is valid until 2022-05-28.
DNV GL local station: Rotterdam
Approval Engineer: Gisle Hersvik Martin Strande

Head of Section
This Certificate is subject to terms and conditions overleaf. Any significant change in design or construction may render this Certificate invalid.
The validity date relates to the Type Approval Certificate and not to the approval of equipment/systems installed.
Form code: TA 251 Revision: 2016-12 www.dnvgl.com Page 1 of 3
© DNV GL 2014. DNV GL and the Horizon Graphic are trademarks of DNV GL AS.
Job Id: 262.1-014368-2
Certificate No: TAK00000UY
Product description
SIGMAWELD™ 165; two-component moisture curing, zinc (ethyl) silicate prefabrication primer.
Manufactured by
PPG SSC Co., Ltd., 190-9 Yeochun-dong, Nam-gu, 680-090 Ulsan, Korea
DNV GL local station: Ulsan
Responsibility
The Company (stated on the front page of this Certificate) takes the responsibility that both design and
production are in compliance with Rules, Standards and/or Regulations listed on page 1 of this certificate.
Application/Limitation
The shop primer is approved for application on blast cleaned steel plates and sections.
The approval test does not include any examination of possible effects of welding with this primer on the
welder's state of health.
This approval verifies only that the shopprimer tested has no detrimental effect on the finished weld, it is
presumed that the film thickness applied is in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation.
Type Approval documentation

1. Previous Type Approval Certificate No. K-5480.
2. GSI SLV Examination Report No. 20086600079 of 2009-05-28 (trace gas measurements).
3. Newcastle OHH Report No. 7801/06 of 2006-04-24 (thermal degradation testing).
4. Application for Type Approval 2017-03-07, PDS and MSDS.
5. Assessment Report from DNV GL Ulsan of 2016-07-19.
6. Survey Report from DNV Ulsan of 2012-02-01.
7. Email from PPG of 2012-07-10, incl. Application for Type Approval of 2012-07-10, ISO 9001
certificate for PPG, Ulsan, Korea, Product Data Sheets, PDS and Material Safety Data Sheets, MSDS.
Tests carried out
Type Testing carried out according to Type Approval documentation, ref. DVS-Guideline 0501, Report
No. 94 34 024/1 dated 16th May 1994, with result:
- Mean pore area 29,3 mm2 (max. allowed pore area 125 mm2).
Marking of product
Product/package shall be marked with manufacturer’s name; PPG SSC Co., Ltd., Ulsan, Korea, and
type designation; SIGMAWELD™ 165.
The marking is to be carried out in such a way that it is visible, legible and indelible. The marking of
product is to enable traceability to the DNV GL Type Approval Certificate.
Periodical assessment
The scope of the Periodical Assessment is to verify that the conditions stipulated for the Type Approval is
complied with and that no alterations are made to the product design or choice of materials.

Job Id: 262.1-014368-2
Certificate No: TAK00000UY
Periodical Assessment to be performed after 2 and 3.5 years (Certificate Retention) and at renewal after
5 years (Certificate Renewal).
The main elements of the Periodical Assessment are to:

x Ensure that Type Approval documentation is available.
x Review design, materials, production process, and performance with respect to possible changes, in
order to ensure compliance with Type Approval documentation and/or referenced material
specifications.
x Ensure traceability between manufacturer’s product marking and DNV GL Type Approval Certificate.
END OF CERTIFICATE

In the event of any conflict or ambiguity between this printout and the original electronic document, the electronic document shall prevail.

CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL OF A
PRE-FABRICATION PRIMER
Certificate No. MATS/4046/2
This certificate is issued to the company named below. The prefabrication primer described has been examined
in accordance with the requirements of Lloyd's Register and is approved for use in constructions built under
Lloyd's Register survey. This approval is subject to Lloyd's Register being informed of any changes in or
modifications to the primer and the product being used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions
and the relevant requirements of Lloyd's Registers Rules and Regulations.
Company PPG SSC CO., LTD.

190-9 YEOCHEON-DONG, 680-090 ULSAN
KOREA
Trade name SIGMAWELD 165
Conditions under which the approval tests were made
Welding Process MIG Single 'V' butt weld, downhand
Welding Consumable Bohler EMK 8-D/CO2
Surface Preparation Blast cleaned to ISO 8501-1, Sa 2.5
Dry Film Thickness 13, 26 microns
Valid until 10 March 2019

Date 31 January 2014
Limited, its subsidiaries and

Lloyd’s Register and variants of it are trading names of Lloyd’s Register Group
affiliates. Lloyd’s Register Group Limited, its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective officers, Stuart Downie
employees or agents are, individually and collectively, referred to in this clause as ‘Lloyd’s Register’.
Surveyor to Lloyd’s Register EMEA
Lloyd’s Register assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable to any person for any loss, damage or
expense caused by reliance on the information or advice in this document or howsoever provided, unless A member of the Lloyd’s Register group
that person has signed a contract with the relevant Lloyd’s Register entity for the provision of this
information or advice and in that case any responsibility or liability is exclusively on the terms and
conditions set out in that contract.
yG G G G swG G G G nG sG G
<yG
< G
GGGGGGGGGGGG]WG୅eG

!
#$+!$+
<! !=$ ?+$
@+ X [\] ]

! " #
$ %&

^ƵďũĞĐƚ͗ EŽǀĂ'ƵĂƌĚ ϴϰϬ ĐŽĂƚŝŶŐ ƉĞƌĨŽƌŵĂŶĐĞ

' ()* * +, & -./& 0 (1$ (), 2 1&
) ( , 2)34

ϭ͘ EŽǀĂ'ƵĂƌĚ ϴϰϬŝƐƐĂƚŝƐĨŝĞĚǁŝƚŚ>ϭ͕>Ϯ͕>ϰƐǇƐƚĞŵĞŶǀŝƌŽŶŵĞŶƚ
'5 600 ,(, ,)&, (7* , ))3,
$ -./& 0 , ,,& 3 % $ %$ %0 ,*,1 .1 & -./& 0 ,
,). (7* 89 :; & ,, () ,

Ϯ͘ EŽǀĂ'ƵĂƌĚ ϴϰϬŵĞĞƚƐ>W^dDKE/d/KE ;ϭϲϬȔ͕ ĨŽƌϯŚŽƵƌƐͿ͘
-./& 0 , 1($ ,).$ 1& .) () (7* 3
, & 1) ,, , 3& 1), & ,)., & , (. 2
& (1 3 (2)1, & . 3 7(,& , ,1
) .1

ϯ͘ EŽǀĂ'ƵĂƌĚ ϴϰϬ ŵĞĞƚƐ ŽƉĞƌĂƚŝŶŐ ƚĞŵƉĞƌĂƚƵƌĞ ĨŽƌ Ăůů ƌĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĞĚ ŝƚĞŵƐ͘

ϰ͘ EŽǀĂ'ƵĂƌĚ ϴϰϬ ŝƐ ƐĂƚŝƐĨŝĞĚ ǁŝƚŚ ƚŚĞ ĨŽůůŽǁŝŶŐ ƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐ͗
<=)) ) (&, ,)) 2 .& 2* % && ,. &,>

=, 1& 2.$ 11&& -./& 0 (& , ,,& 3 )) .1,
! & , (2)1 3 (1
8 1 11&& ,*,1;

' * & 1$ (), &? , ,
, ,)*

@3 A' B ) ,), 1

R2
!
#$+!$+
<! !=$ ?+$
@+ X [\] ]

ƚƚĂĐŚŵĞŶƚ ϭͲZĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĞĚ ĐŽĂƚŝŶŐ ƐǇƐƚĞŵ

KƉĞƌĂƚŝŶŐ
/ƚĞŵ ĂƌŐŽ
ĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶ >W^ƚĞĂŵ dĞŵƉ͘Ɖ ^ǇƐƚĞŵ &dΘdǇƉĞ ZĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĞĚƉƌŽĚƵĐƚƐ
EŽ͘ EĂŵĞ
;EŽƌͬ͘DĂǆ͘Ϳ
#&5) )E ห8"(7*
CA -./&0
#&5) , 0 % F1G@)&,
= D # 8F)"(7*;7E1
!, "(7*;
=
)E ห8"(7*
CA F& = -./&0
, 0 %0 F1G@)&, 8F)"(7*;7E1
= D # F&
!, "(7*;
,)
)E ห8"(7*
CA F& ,) -./&0
, 0 % F1G@)&,
= D # F& 8F)"(7*;7E1
!, "(7*;
%
)E ห8"(7*
)(, % -./&0
EEA , 0 % F1G@)&,
)(, 8F)"(7*;7E1
! "(7*;
#!&
)E ห8"(7*
%)(, #!& -./&0
EEA , 06 % F1G@)&,
%)(, 8F)"(7*;7E1
! "(7*;
@.*
)E ห8"(7*
)(, -./&0
EEA @.* , % F1G@)&,
8F)"(7*;7E1
)(, "(7*;
!
#!&
#!& )E ห8"(7*
@.*)(, -./&0
EEA0 @.* , % F1G@)&,
8F)"(7*;7E1
)(, "(7*;
!
=F' 5)&
ECA )E ห8"(7* -./&0
5)&H H, E %
= D F1GF)"(7*; 8F)"(7*;7E1
! H
,) ,)
ECA )E ห8"(7* -./&0
D) " E0 %
= D F1GF)"(7*; 8F)"(7*;7E1
! H
5)&
ECA "+), )E ห8"(7* -./&0
H, 0C %
= D ! F1GF)"(7*; 8F)"(7*;7E1
H

R2

!
#$+!$+
<! !=$ ?+$
@+ X [\] ]

KƉĞƌĂƚŝŶŐ
Ɖ
/ƚĞŵ ĂƌŐŽ ZĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĞĚ
ĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶ >W^ƚĞĂŵ dĞŵƉ͘ ^ǇƐƚĞŵ &dΘdǇƉĞ
EŽ͘ EĂŵĞ ƉƌŽĚƵĐƚƐ
5,( )E ห8"(7* -./&0
5(
ECA0 H, 0C % F1GF) 8F)"(7*;7
"+),!
H "(7*; E1
5,(
)E ห8"(7* -./&0
5(
ECAE 0 % F1GF) 8F)"(7*;7
H! H,
"(7*; E1
H
)E ห8"(7* -./&0
ECA
)(5)! )(5) E % F1GF) 8F)"(7*;7
= D
"(7*; E1
& )E ห8"(7* -./&0
ECA &)&
H, C % F1GF) 8F)"(7*;7
C= D !
H "(7*; E1
)E ห8"(7* -./&0
EEA ),5) ),
, 0 % F1G@)&, 8F)"(7*;7
= D !, 5)8,);
"(7*; E1
(
E6A ( #, )E ห8"(7* -./&0
= DI )(&8&)&; 8,() % F1GF) 8F)"(7*;7
E6A #,!, & "(7*; E1
#,;
(
E6A #, )E ห8"(7* -./&0
AJ@H,
= DI 8,() % F1GF) 8F)"(7*;7
!8#, ;
E6A & "(7*; E1
#,;
)E ห8"(7*
A, 1/&# E7
C A 0 %0 F1G@)&,
! A, E1
"(7*;
)E ห8"(7* -./&0
C A #12&,) #12&
, 0 % F1G@)&, 8F)"(7*;7
= D !, ,,)
"(7*; E1
% )E ห8"(7* -./&0
C A %#/5
#!/, , 0 % F1GF) 8F)"(7*;7
= D !,
5) "(7*; E1
)E ห8"(7* -./&0
C A 9/5 91
, % F1GF) 8F)"(7*;7
E= D !, /,5)
"(7*; E1
@.* )E ห8"(7* -./&0
C A @#/5
#!/, , % F1GF) 8F)"(7*;7
= D !,
5) "(7*; E1

nGsGGGGGGGGGG
<nGsGGGGGGGGGG
<
GGGGG]WG୅eG
GGGGG]WG୅e

!
#$+!$+
<!!=$?+$
@+X [\] ]

-.

E0

!"#
$%&

^ƵďũĞĐƚ͗,ĞĂƚƌĞƐŝƐƚĂŶĐĞŽĨƌĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĞĚĐŽĂƚŝŶŐƐǇƐƚĞŵ

'()**+,&,,11&&,*,1$(),21&
)(,2)34

/ƚĞŵ KƉĞƌĂƚŝŶŐdĞŵƉ͘
ĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶ WƌŽĚƵĐƚƐ
EŽ͘ ;EŽƌͬ͘DĂǆ͘Ϳ
@.*)(, 1)&/7E1
EEA
! 1)&/7E1
#!&@.*
EEA0 1,2.
)(,!
ECA = D )(5)! E 1,2.
C AE= D 9/5!, 1,2.
@#/5
C A = D 1,2.
!,

=,,32)2.$11&&,*,1,,,(1(
&&,(1&,.

'*&1$(),&?,,

,,)*

@3A'B),),
<nG
<
GGGGYWWG୅eG
GGGGYWWG୅e

!
#$+!$+
<!!=$?+$
@+X [\] ]

-.

E0

!"#
$%&

^ƵďũĞĐƚ͗ZĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĞĚĐŽĂƚŝŶŐƐǇƐƚĞŵĨŽƌϮϬϬ͛ŚĞĂƚƌĞƐŝƐƚĂŶĐĞ

' ()* * +, & 11&& ,*,1 ?# ,,$ (), 2
1&)(,2)34

'1 5(1(

,( F&,
-
8-
7
;
C A 9 @5 1)&07E1

C= D # !, 1)&07E1

=,,32)2.$11&&,*,1,,,(1(
&&,(1&,.

'*&1$(),&?,,

,,)*

@3A'B),),
<GGGeG
<GGGeG

!
#$+!$+
<!!=$?+$
@+X [\] ]

2 6

6

!"#
$%&

^ƵďũĞĐƚ͗ZĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĞĚŽǀĞƌĐŽĂƚŝŶŐŝŶƚĞƌǀĂůŽĨƉƌŝŵĞƌĂŶĚƐƵďƐĞƋƵĞŶƚĐŽĂƚ

' ()* * +, & 11&& . .) (1 & ,2,+ $
(),21&)(,2)34

#,*,1
((
E8&
/*EECE ༁;

F1 ༁K"(7*81K 6;

'1& ༁@D)&'5F1&"(7*81#.0 ;

, ༁F)*81EE;

=&1L 6&,$17
..),,(&,1,
@3.$.
1,$.,2),1,1.&&,2*
,&((+.),(()&,(11&,$&,
(13,2,+,(()&

'*&1$(),&?,,

,,)*

@3A'B),),
cnGsGGl GsGz eG

!
#$+!$+
<!!=$?+$
@+X [\] ] R2

=(
6

60

,
@% !"#
$%&

^ƵďũĞĐƚ͗ZĞĐŽŵŵĞŶĚĞĚĐŽĂƚŝŶŐƐǇƐƚĞŵĨŽƌƐǇƐƚĞŵEŽ͘>ϭ͕>Ϯ͕>ϰ

' ()* * +, & 11&& ,*,1 ,*,1 -
% $ %$ %0$ (), 2
1&)(,2)34

#,*,1
8 ;,*,1-
%
8;F(
8&
/*EECE ༁;
82;)E ༁8"(7*F1G@)&,"(7*;
8;,*,1-
%
8;F(
8&
/*EECE ༁;
82;)E ༁8"(7*F1GF)"(7*;
8;,*,1-
%0
8;F(
8&
/*EECE ༁;
82;)E ༁8"(7*F1G@)&,"(7*;

-.&0,1($,).$1&.)()(7*3,&
1),,,3&1),&,).,
$-.&07E1
2(()&33"(7*F1
,,,*,1,,,,*,1-
% $%$
%0

'*&1$(),&?,,

,,)*

@3A'B),),1


(TECHNICAL LETTER, TEST REPORT, ETC.) FOR IPK – 7 sheets>

In the event of any conflict or ambiguity between this printout and the original electronic document, the electronic document shall prevail.

CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL OF A
PRE-FABRICATION PRIMER
Certificate No. MATS/4245/2
This certificate is issued to the company named below. The prefabrication primer described has been examined
in accordance with the requirements of Lloyd's Register and is approved for use in constructions built under
Lloyd's Register survey. This approval is subject to Lloyd's Register being informed of any changes in or
modifications to the primer and the product being used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions
and the relevant requirements of Lloyd's Registers Rules and Regulations.
Company INTERNATIONAL PAINT SINGAPORE (PTE.) LTD.

JURONG TOWN
SINGAPORE
Trade name INTERPLATE 317
Conditions under which the approval tests were made
Welding Process MAG, Single 'V' Butt Weld Downhand
Welding Consumable Murex Bostrand LW1
Surface Preparation Blast cleaned to ISO 8501-1, Sa 2.5
Dry Film Thickness 15, 30 microns
Valid until 21 December 2020

Date 9 October 2015
Lloyd’s Register and variants of it are trading names of Lloyd’s Register Group Limited, its subsidiaries and
affiliates. Lloyd’s Register Group Limited, its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective officers, Stuart Downie
employees or agents are, individually and collectively, referred to in this clause as ‘Lloyd’s Register’.
Senior Surveyor to Lloyd’s Register EMEA
Lloyd’s Register assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable to any person for any loss, damage or
expense caused by reliance on the information or advice in this document or howsoever provided, unless A member of the Lloyd’s Register group
that person has signed a contract with the relevant Lloyd’s Register entity for the provision of this
information or advice and in that case any responsibility or liability is exclusively on the terms and
conditions set out in that contract.
<yGG GGswGGe
<yGG GGswGGeG
Akzo Nobel UAE Paints L.L.C.
016R3/2018/TL/LINING/S TANK/RK/TANK INTERNAL LINING SYSTEMS
November 26, 2018
To
Mr S J Yun
Deputy General Manager
S Tank Engineering, South Korea.
Subject :Tank internal lining systems
Project : Duqm Refinery Package 2 Tanks
Dear Mr. Yun,
Thank you for contacting us through IP Korea and technical discussions you had with us regarding the
project.
We here by confirm that Interline 984 and Interline 925P are suitable for LP steam cleaning. This is
based on your email with conditions of 160 Deg C with exposure up to 3 Hours.
Suitability is considering below factors.
x Recommended procedure is sweeping across the surface without producing hot spots.
x Water should be drained continuously during cleaning process.
x Nozzle should be at sufficient distance from the surface to avoid hot spot/ overheating.
Hope this meets your project requirements. Kindly contact us if you need any further information.
Regards,
Rakesh R K
Specification Selling Specialist - Tank Linings
Protective Coatings – Middle East
NACE Level 3 Certified, SSPC Certified PCS.
P.O Box 290 T +971 4 3990417

Dubai F +971 4 3792861
UAE www.akzonobel.com
Commercial Registration Number 44990 An ISO 9001: (2000)

Paid up Capital AED 2,350,00 14001 & OHSAS 18001 Company
<Guarantee Letter of internal lining for tanks over 60 ୅eG
୅e
Akzo Nobel UAE Paints LLC

Protection Coatings – Middle East
#6/2018/TL/LINING/S TANK/ TANK INTERNAL LINING SYSTEMS
Nov 15, 2018
To
Mr. S J Yun / Deputy General Manager
S - Tank Engineering, South Korea.
Subject :
Tank internal lining systems suitability for O.P temp over 60
Dear Mr. Yun,
We here by confirm that our proposed tank lining systems are suitable for the required temperature
range mentioned below table.
No. Tank Items Description O.T (ଇ) Proposed System

1 550TK-003 SR heavy slops storage 80 Interline 984 – 500 mic
2 550TK-004 Cracked heavy slops storage 80 Interline 984 – 500 mic
3 570TK-006A/B Slop Oil Tanks 80 Interline 984 – 500 mic
4 710TK-005A/B VGO storage tanks 80 Interline 984 – 500 mic
5 710TK-006A/B HCGO storage tanks 80 Interline 984 – 500 mic
*the dft is based on spec requirement
Yours Faithfully,
BS JIN
Key Account Manger of Middle East
E-mail : bs.jin@akzonobel.com
Contact No : +971 (0)55 608 8953
Dubai Marina T +971 4399 0417

PO:290
Dubai F +XX XX XXX XXXX
nGsGGGGGGGGG
<nGsGGGGGGGGGG
<
GGGGG]WG୅e
GGGGG]WG୅eG
Akzo Nobel UAE Paints LLC
Protection Coatings – Middle East
#11/2018/TL/LINING/S TANK/ TANK INTERNAL LINING SYSTEMS
Nov 15, 2018
To
Mr. S J Yun / Deputy General Manager
S - Tank Engineering, South Korea.
Subject :
External Tank bottom coating systems suitability for O.P temp over 60
Dear Mr. Yun,
We here by confirm that our proposed tank bottom system is suitable for the required temperature
range mentioned below table.
No. Tank Items Description O.T (ଇ) Proposed System

1 550TK-003 SR heavy slops storage 80 Interseal 670 HS(GF) –
2 550TK-004 Cracked heavy slops storage 80 250 mic x 2 coats
3 570TK-006A/B Slop Oil Tanks 80
4 710TK-005A/B VGO storage tanks 80
5 710TK-006A/B HCGO storage tanks 80
*the generic type & dft is based on spec requirements
Yours Faithfully,
BS JIN
Key Account Manger of Middle East
E-mail : bs.jin@akzonobel.com
Contact No : +971 (0)55 608 8953
Dubai Marina T +971 4399 0417

PO:290
Dubai F +XX XX XXX XXXX
<nG
<
GGGGYWWG୅eG
Akzo Nobel OMAN SAOC.
Ref: 263/2018/TL/MEN/STANKING/SM
06th December, 2018
To,
Mr. S J Yun
Deputy General Manager
S Tank Engineering, South Korea.
Subject: Tank Bottom External (buried) system.

Project: Duqm Refinery Package 2 Tanks
Dear sir,
With respect to the subject, we would like to confirm that our high solids, glass
flake epoxy Interzone 954GF (2 X 250 microns) is suitable for tank bottom external
(buried) system with service temperature up to 200 Degree C.
All International paint products should be applied strictly in accordance with the
guidelines provided in Product Data Sheets.
Thanking you.
Subair Moosa
Technical Service Manager – MEN
Protective Coatings
Mob +971529878358
Email : subair.moosa@akzonobel.com
P.O Box 531 T +968 2444 6218

Ruwi Muscat F +968 2444 6962
SULTANATE OF OMAN www.akzonobel.com
cnGsGGl GsGz eG
cnGsGGl GsGz e
International Paint 17th floor, National T +82 (0)51 580 6168
(Korea) Ltd. Pension Bldg, F +82 (0)51 668 7882
#1422-8, Yeonsan-dong, www.akzonobel.com/international R2
Yeonje-gu, Busan, www.internationalpaint.co.kr
Korea
6Q +1/HH67DQN(QJLQHHULQJ&R/WG
%QRKGF6Q
&CVG &QEWOGPV0WODGT 0WODGTQHRCIGU

+2-56- LQFOXGLQJWKLVRQH
5WDLGEV
6GEJPKECN+PHQTOCVKQPQH'RQZ[.KPKPI5[UVGO
Dear Lee,
It refers to technical feedback in relation to the requirement of lining system reflected you’re your
specification.
Our recommendation is below;
INTERLINE 925P is a two component, solvent free, heavy duty epoxy tank and pipe lining. For
application to steel tank internals to provide corrosion resistance to a range of products, especially
potable water and crude oil.
INTERLINE 984 is a two component, solvent free chemically resistant heavy duty epoxy phenolic tank
lining. It has been formulated to focus on oil and gas downstream lining opportunities with extended
recoat interval designed to assist with the contract schedules associated with lining bulk storage
tanks.
ENVIROLINE 405HTR is an ultra-high solids, two component polycyclamine cured lining system
utilising advanced epoxy novolac technology with glass fibre and flake reinforcement. To provide
corrosion protection for the internals of steel storage tanks, pressure vessels, spools and pipes for a
range of products.
Following your specification as DUQM, it recommended application of exact specification for total
dry film thickness. It’s matched with requirements as epoxy primer with high solid epoxy or epoxy
primer with phenolic epoxy scheme.
Considering on your application procedure in the site, a coat of products is suitable for your specific
tanks and will show full performance.
If you have any questions related to this matter, please let me know.
“This communication is confidential and may be priviliged. If you are not an intended recipient, please
notify the sender then destroy the original communication and all copies. You should not copy,
distribute and/or disclose this communication, in whole or in part, without permission of the sender.”
International Paint (Korea) Ltd., 17th Floor, National Pension Bldg., 1422-8, Yeonsan-dong, Yeonje-gu, Busan, 611-705, Korea
Registered Number 134111-0006565
R2
International Paint (Korea)

Protective Coatings Technical Sales Representative
D.Y. Park (NACE III Certified #. 45691)
“This communication is confidential and may be priviliged. If you are not an intended recipient, please
notify the sender then destroy the original communication and all copies. You should not copy,
distribute and/or disclose this communication, in whole or in part, without permission of the sender.”
International Paint (Korea) Ltd., 17th Floor, National Pension Bldg., 1422-8, Yeonsan-dong, Yeonje-gu, Busan, 611-705, Korea
Registered Number 134111-0006565

ENG-DUQM-101 - Painting Procedure - Rev 3.

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENG-DUQM-101 - Painting Procedure - Rev 3.

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Log No.

하기 [ ] Drawing, [ Ｖ ] Document, [ Ｖ ] Procedure, [ ] Specification, [ ] Note/Minutes 를

Exhibit 402 Rev.2 01/26/2018

VENDOR DOCUMENT NUMBER : SO0267-MFB110-01-J1PNT001-00004 REV : R2

DOCUMENT CLASS: Class 2

EQUIPMENT TAG NUMBERS : All tanks

 4 NO COMMENTS. CERTIFIED FINAL ISSUE.WORK MAY PROCEED.

NAME: DISCIPLINE: SIGNATURE: DATE:

Amendment Revision Amender

25-JAN-2019 O1 H.N.LEE Initial Issue

Issued for Construction with Holds

Issued for Construction with Holds

No. Description Page

3. PAINTING OF EXTERNAL SURFACE ......................................................................................................... 6

4. LINING FOR INTERNAL SURFACE .......................................................................................................... 17

5. COATING SYSTEM .................................................................................................................................... 23

6. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION .................................................................................................................... 28

7. FIGURE FOR EDGE PREPARATION (WELDABLE PAINTING OR MASKING) ..................................... 31

8. FIGURE FOR PAINTING SYSTEM............................................................................................................... 34

ANNEX #1- EXTERNAL FASTENER COATING..................................................................................................... 38

ATTACHMENT #01- ITEM SUMMARY SHEET ...................................................................................................... 39

ATTACHMENT #04- PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR JOTUN ................................................................................ 42

ATTACHMENT #05- PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR SIGMA................................................................................. 43

ATTACHMENT #06- PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR IPK ...................................................................................... 44

ATTACHMENT #07- PAINTING DATA SHEET FOR RUBBER LINING ................................................................ 45

DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004 Page 3 of 48 Rev: R2

(2) International Organization for Standardization (ISO)

DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004 Page 4 of 48 Rev: R2

(3) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

(4) National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE)

(5) British Standards (BS)

2.2 Project specification

DRP001-OUF-SPE-W-000-008 Latest Painting of New Equipment and Piping

2.3 Related vendor documents

DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-005 Latest PWHT Procedure

DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004 Page 5 of 48 Rev: R2

3. PAINTING OF EXTERNAL SURFACE

3.1.2 Extent of Coated Surface

3.1.3 Coating Material

3.1.4 Scope Split for Coating Execution

DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004 Page 6 of 48 Rev: R2

3.1.5 Vendor Standard Coating Systems

DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004 Page 7 of 48 Rev: R2

3.1.7 Handing and Shipping of Coated Items

3.2 Health, Safety and Environment

3.3 Material Storage

DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004 Page 8 of 48 Rev: R2

3.4.2 Coating Preparation and Application Operatives

3.4.3 Coating Inspectors

3.5 Surface Preparation

3.5.2 Weld Areas and Sharp Edges

3.5.3 Protection Of Surfaces Not To Be Painted

DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004 Page 9 of 48 Rev: R2

3.5.4 Abrasive Blast Cleaning

3.5.5 Equipment for abrasive blast cleaning

3.5.7 Manual and Mechanical (Power Tool) Cleaning

DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004 Page 10 of 48 Rev: R2

3.5.8 Galvanized steel

3.5.9 Stainless steel surfaces

3.6 Coating Application

3.6.2 Coating preparation

DRP001-OUF-STE-PRO-V-000-004 Page 11 of 48 Rev: R2

3.6.3 Environmental Conditions

4 NO COMMENTS. CERTIFIED FINAL ISSUE.WORK MAY PROCEED.